9 8 Intake Design (HIS)

ANSI/HI 9.
8-1998
American National Standard for
Pump Intake Design
ANSI/HI 9.8-1998
9 Sylvan Way Parsippany, New Jersey 07054-3802 www.pumps.org
This page intentionally blank.
Copyright 2000 By Hydraulic Institute, All Rights Reserved.
ANSI/HI 9.8-1998
American National Standard for
Pump Intake Design
Sponsor
Hydraulic Institute
www.pumps.org
Approved November 17, 1998
American National Standards Institute, Inc.

Recycled paper
American National Standard
Approval of an American National Standard requires verification by ANSI that the requirements for due process, consensus and other criteria for approval have been met by the standards developer. Consensus is established when, in the judgement of the ANSI Board of Standards Review, substantial agreement has been reached by directly and materially affected interests. Substantial agreement means much more than a simple majority, but not necessarily unanimity. Consensus requires that all views and objections be considered, and that a concerted effort be made toward their resolution. The use of American National Standards is completely voluntary; their existence does not in any respect preclude anyone, whether he has approved the standards or not, from manufacturing, marketing, purchasing, or using products, processes, or procedures not conforming to the standards. The American National Standards Institute does not develop standards and will in no circumstances give an interpretation of any American National Standard. Moreover, no person shall have the right or authority to issue an interpretation of an American National Standard in the name of the American National Standards Institute. Requests for interpretations should be addressed to the secretariat or sponsor whose name appears on the title page of this standard. CAUTION NOTICE: This American National Standard may be revised or withdrawn at any time. The procedures of the American National Standards Institute require that action be taken periodically to reaffirm, revise, or withdraw this standard. Purchasers of American National Standards may receive current information on all standards by calling or writing the American National Standards Institute.
Published By
Hydraulic Institute 9 Sylvan Way, Parsippany, NJ 07054-3802

www.pumps.org
Copyright 1998 Hydraulic Institute All rights reserved.

No part of this publication may be reproduced in any form, in an electronic retrieval system or otherwise, without prior written permission of the publisher.
Printed in the United States of America ISBN 1-880952-26-2
Contents
Page Foreword . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii Pump Intake Design 9.8 Pump intake design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 9.8.1 Design objectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 9.8.2 Intake structures for clear liquids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 9.8.3 Intake structures for solids-bearing liquids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 9.8.4 Pump suction piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 9.8.5 Model tests of intake structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 9.8.6 Inlet bell design diameter (D) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 9.8.7 Required submergence for minimizing surface vortices . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 9.8.8 Glossary and nomenclature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Appendix A A-1 A-2 A-3 A-4 Remedial Measures for Problem Intakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Approach flow patterns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Open vs. partitioned structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Controlling cross-flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Expanding concentrated flows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Free-surface approach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Closed conduit approach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Free-surface vortices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Sub-surface vortices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Pre-swirl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Velocities in pump bell throat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
A-2.1
A-4.1 A-4.2 A-5 A-5.1 A-5.2 A-5.3 A-5.4 A-6
Pump inlet disturbances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Tanks suction inlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Sump Volume. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Appendix B B-1 B-2 B-3 B-4
Scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Minimum sump volume sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Decreasing sump volume by pump alternation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Intake Basin Entrance Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Appendix C
C-1 Variable speed pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 C-2 Constant speed pumping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
iii Copyright 2000 By Hydraulic Institute, All Rights Reserved.
C-2.1 C-2.2
Inlet pipe, trench-type wet wells. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Storage in approach pipe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
C-3 Transition manhole, sewer to approach pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 C-4 Sluice gate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 C-5 Lining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 C-6 Design examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Appendix D Appendix E Figures 9.8.1 Recommended intake structure layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 9.8.2 Filler wall details for proper bay width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 9.8.3 Type 10 formed suction intake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 9.8.4A Wet pit duplex sump with pumps offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 9.8.4B Wet pit duplex sump with pumps centerline. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 9.8.4C Dry pit/wet pit duplex sump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 9.8.5A Wet pit triplex sump, pumps in line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 9.8.5B Wet pit triplex sump, compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 9.8.5C Dry pit/wet pit triplex sump. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 9.8.6 Trench-type wet well . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 9.8.7 Trench-type wet well with formed suction inlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 9.8.8 Datum for calculation of submergence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 9.8.9 Definitions of V and D for calculation of submergence. . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 9.8.10 Open bottom can intakes (pumps less than 315 l/s [5000 gpm]) . . . . 12 9.8.11 Closed bottom can . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 9.8.12 Submersible vertical turbine pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 9.8.13 Open trench-type wet well . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 9.8.14 Open trench-type wet well for pumps sensitive to loss of prime. . . . . 16 9.8.15 Circular wet pit with sloping walls and minimized horizontal floor area (submersible pumps shown for illustration) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 9.8.16 Circular wet pit with sloping walls and minimized horizontal floor area (dry pit pumps) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 9.8.17 Confined wet wall design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 9.8.18 Common intakes for suction piping showing submergence datum references . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 9.8.19 Recommended suction piping near pump, all pump types (D = pipe diameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 9.8.20 Examples of suction pipe fittings near pump that require approval of the pump manufacturer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Bibliography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
iv Copyright 2000 By Hydraulic Institute, All Rights Reserved.
9.8.21 Recommended suction piping for double suction pumps with the elbow in the same plane as the impeller shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 9.8.22 Suction header design options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 9.8.23 Classification of free surface and sub-surface vortices . . . . . . . . . . . 26 9.8.24 Typical swirl meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 9.8.25A Recommended inlet bell design diameter (OD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 9.8.25B Recommended inlet bell design diameter (OD) (US units) . . . . . . . 31 9.8.26A Recommended minimum submergence to minimize free surface vortices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 9.8.26B Recommended minimum submergence to minimize free surface vortices (US units) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 A.1 Examples of approach flow conditions at intake structures and the resulting effect on velocity, all pumps operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 A.2 Examples of pump approach flow patterns for various combinations of operating pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 A.3 Comparison of flow patterns in open and partitioned sumps . . . . . . . . . 45 A.4 Effect of trash rack design and location on velocity distribution entering pump bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 A.5 Flow-guiding devices at entrance to individual pump bays . . . . . . . . . . . 46 A.6 Concentrated influent configuration, with and without flow distribution devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 A.7 Baffling to improve flow pattern downstream from dual flow screen . . . . 47 A.8 Typical flow pattern through a dual flow screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 A.9 Improvements to approach flow without diverging sump walls . . . . . . . . 49 A.10 Elevation view of a curtain wall for minimizing surface vortices . . . . . . 49 A.11 Methods to reduce sub-surface vortices (examples AI) . . . . . . . . . . . 51 A.12 Anti-vortex devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 B.1 Operational sequences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 B.2 Pump and system head curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Tables Table 9.8.1 Recommended dimensions for Figures 9.8.1 and 9.8.2 . . . . . . . . 4 Table 9.8.2 Design sequence, rectangular intake structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Table 9.8.3 Acceptable velocity ranges for inlet bell diameter D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Table C.1 Maximum flow in approach pipes with hydraulic jumpmetric units, slope = 2%, Mannings n = 0.010. Sequent depth = 60% pipe diameter. After wheeler (1995). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Table C.2 Maximum flow in approach pipes with hydraulic jumpUS customary units, slope = 2%, Mannings n = 0.010. Sequent depth = 60% pipe diameter. After Wheeler (1995). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
v Copyright 2000 By Hydraulic Institute, All Rights Reserved.
Foreword (Not part of Standard)

Purpose and aims of the Hydraulic Institute
The purpose and aims of the Institute are to promote the continued growth and well-being of pump manufacturers and further the interests of the public in such matters as are involved in manufacturing, engineering, distribution, safety, transportation and other problems of the industry, and to this end, among other things: a) To develop and publish standards for pumps; b) To collect and disseminate information of value to its members and to the public; c) To appear for its members before governmental departments and agencies and other bodies in regard to matters affecting the industry; d) To increase the amount and to improve the quality of pump service to the public; e) To support educational and research activities; f) To promote the business interests of its members but not to engage in business of the kind ordinarily carried on for profit or to perform particular services for its members or individual persons as distinguished from activities to improve the business conditions and lawful interests of all of its members.
Purpose of Standards
1) Hydraulic Institute Standards are adopted in the public interest and are designed to help eliminate misunderstandings between the manufacturer, the purchaser and/or the user and to assist the purchaser in selecting and obtaining the proper product for a particular need. 2) Use of Hydraulic Institute Standards is completely voluntary. Existence of Hydraulic Institute Standards does not in any respect preclude a member from manufacturing or selling products not conforming to the Standards.
Definition of a Standard of the Hydraulic Institute

Quoting from Article XV, Standards, of the By-Laws of the Institute, Section B: An Institute Standard defines the product, material, process or procedure with reference to one or more of the following: nomenclature, composition, construction, dimensions, tolerances, safety, operating characteristics, performance, quality, rating, testing and service for which designed.
Comments from users

Comments from users of this Standard will be appreciated, to help the Hydraulic Institute prepare even more useful future editions. Questions arising from the content of this Standard may be directed to the Hydraulic Institute. It will direct all such questions to the appropriate technical committee for provision of a suitable answer. If a dispute arises regarding contents of an Institute publication or an answer provided by the Institute to a question such as indicated above, the point in question shall be referred to the Executive Committee of the Hydraulic Institute, which then shall act as a Board of Appeals.
vii Copyright 2000 By Hydraulic Institute, All Rights Reserved.
Revisions
The Standards of the Hydraulic Institute are subject to constant review, and revisions are undertaken whenever it is found necessary because of new developments and progress in the art. If no revisions are made for five years, the standards are reaffirmed using the ANSI canvas procedure. Over the past several decades, long-term performance results for many different centrifugal and axial flow pumping facilities have become available. Based on some less than satisfactory results, the industry has recognized a need for updating the standard approaches to designing pump intake structures and suction piping. In response to this evolving need, the Hydraulic Institute has improved and expanded its recommendations for designing intake structures for centrifugal, vertical turbine, mixed-flow, and axial-flow pumps and added intake designs for solidsbearing liquids. This standard is a result of the combined efforts of a balanced committee that was formed to reflect the perspectives of sump designers, hydraulic researchers, pump manufacturers, and end users. It replaces ANSI/HI 1.1-1.5-1994 Section 1.3.3.6 and ANSI/HI 2.1-2.5-1994 Section 2.3.5. The intent of this current edition of the pump intake design standard is to provide designers, owners and users of pumping facilities a foundation upon which to develop functional and economical pumping facility designs. The material has been prepared with the deliberate goals of both increasing understanding of the subject and establishing firm design requirements.
Scope
This standard provides intake design recommendations for both suction pipes and all types of wet pits. While specific intake design is beyond the scope of the pump manufacturers responsibility, their comments may be helpful to the intake designer.
Units of Measurement
Metric units of measurement are used; and corresponding US units appear in brackets. Charts, graphs and sample calculations are also shown in both metric and US units. Since values given in metric units are not exact equivalents to values given in US units, it is important that the selected units of measure to be applied be stated in reference to this standard. If no such statement is provided, metric units shall govern.
Consensus
Consensus for this standard was achieved by use of the canvas method. The following organizations, recognized as having interest in the pump intake designs were contacted prior to the approval of this revision of the standard. Inclusion in this list does not necessarily imply that the organization concurred with the submittal of the proposed standard to ANSI. Ahlstrom Pumps, LLC Alden Research Laboratory, Inc. Bechtel Corporation Black & Veatch Brown & Caldwell Camp Dresser & McKee CH2M Hill Chas S. Lewis & Co., Inc. Crane Pump & Systems David Brown Union Pump Company DeWante & Stowell Dow Chemical
viii Copyright 2000 By Hydraulic Institute, All Rights Reserved.
Electric Power Research Institute ENSR Consulting & Engineering Equistar L.P. Essco Pump Fairbanks Morse Pump Florida Power Corporation Floway Pumps Flowserve Corporation Ingersoll-Dresser Pump ITT A-C Pump ITT Fluid Technology ITT Goulds Pump Iwaki Walchem Corp J.P. Messina Pump and Hydraulics Consultant John Crane, Inc. Johnston Pump Company Lawrence Pumps, Inc. M. W. Kellogg Malcolm Pirnie, Inc. Marine Machinery Association Montana State University
Montgomery Watson MWI National Pump Company PACO Pumps Patterson Pump Company Price Pump Raytheon Engineers & Constructors Robert Bein, William Frost & Assoc. Sewage & Water Board of New Orleans Skidmore Solutia, Inc. South Florida Water Management District Southern Company Services, Inc. Sta-Rite Industries Stone and Webster Sulzer Binhham Pumps, Inc. Summers Engineering, Inc. Systecon, Inc. Tennessee Valley Authority US Bureau of Reclamation
Committee List
Although this standard was processed and approved for submittal to ANSI by the canvas method, a working committee met many times to facilitate the development of this standard. At the time it was approved, the committee had the following members: COMPANY Patterson Pump Company ITT Flygt Corp. Floway Pumps ENSR Consulting & Engineering Southern Company Services, Inc. Bechtel Corporation Johnston Pump Company Stone and Webster Alden Research Laboratory Inc. Yeomans Chicago Corp. Brown & Caldwell South Florida Water Management District James Leech US Army Corps of Engineers Frederick Locher Bechtel Corporation Wilbur Norwood (Alternate) Yeomans Chicago Corp. Robert Sanks Montana State University Gerald Schohl Tennesse Valley Authority Arnold Sdano Fairbanks Morse Pump G. Joseph Sullivan Sewerage & Water Board of New Orleans Zbigniew Czarnota ITT Flygt Corp. (Alternate) NAME Jack Claxton, Chairman Stefan Abelin, Vice Chair. William Beekman Thomas Demlow Thomas Duncan Peter Garvin Herman Greutink James Healy George E. Hecker Joseph Jackson Garr Jones Zan Kugler CATEGORY Producer Producer Producer General Interest User General Interest Producer General Interest General Interest Producer General Interest User User General Interest Producer General Interest User Producer User Producer
ix Copyright 2000 By Hydraulic Institute, All Rights Reserved.
Major Revisions
Past Hydraulic Institute intake design standards have been based on the rated flow rate of the pump, while several other pump intake guidelines are based on dimensions determined from multiples of the inlet bell diameter. Recognizing that a balance between these concepts may optimize the intake design, this edition is based upon: the pump intake bell outside diameter called design diameter or simply D an acceptable average velocity range across D (see Table 9.8.3) verification that the approach velocity does not exceed specified limits submergence S of pump intakes as a function of Froude number FD and D
This edition consists of the standard, Section 9.8, Intake Design Standards, and several appendices. These appendices are included as educational information and are not part of the standard. Illustrations of Not Recommended designs have been eliminated, as they are too numerous to document properly. Other major changes introduced by this standard are given below under each subject heading.
Rectangular Intakes
The dimensioning for rectangular plan intakes has been changed from a flowbased design to one based on D, as determined by the inlet bell velocity. A partitioned intake design is recommended over an open intake design. Reference sections (9.8.2.1 and 9.8.3.4)
Formed Suction Intakes

This standard introduces recommendations for the formed suction inlet. Reference sections (9.8.2.2)
Circular Intakes
This standard introduces recommendations for the appropriate use of circular wet wells for both clear and solids-bearing liquids, and it suggests specific configurations. Reference sections (9.8.2.3 and 9.8.3.3)
Trench-Type Intakes
This standard introduces geometry for trench-type wet wells for both clear and solidsbearing liquids. Reference sections (9.8.2.4 and 9.8.3.2)
Suction Tanks
Guidelines are provided for suction tank applications. Reference section (9.8.2.5)
x Copyright 2000 By Hydraulic Institute, All Rights Reserved.
Barrel or Can and Submersible Vertical Turbine Intakes

Recommendations for barrel or can-type intakes and submersible vertical turbine intakes designs are introduced. Reference section (9.8.2.6)
Unconfined Intakes
Guidelines are provided for unconfined intake applications. Reference section (9.8.2.7)
Solids-Bearing Liquids Applications

In past editions of this standard, discussions of solids-bearing liquids were limited to advising designers to obtain specific recommendations from pump manufacturers. This standard provides recommendations for pump sump designs intended for solids-bearing liquids. It addresses the special considerations of keeping wet wells clean and maintaining minimum velocities. Specific recommendations for wet well geometries are provided. Reference section (9.8.3)
Pump Suction Piping

The section on suction piping has been rewritten and condensed. It provides information and specific recommendations for suction piping design, suction headers, and design recommendations for solids-bearing liquids. Reference section (9.8.4)
Model Testing
The discussion of sump model testing has been expanded to include: factors for determining when a model test is necessary scaling criteria for determining adequate model size and proper flow rates recommended instrumentation and testing methods acceptance criteria for wet well and suction piping hydraulic performance
Reference section (9.8.5)
Inlet Bell Diameter

When the bell diameter D has not been established, the standard uses a Design Bell Diameter based on an acceptable velocity range for determination of sump geometry. Reference section (9.8.6)
Submergence
The submergence S of pump intakes is determined as a function of inlet bell Froude number FD and D.
xi Copyright 2000 By Hydraulic Institute, All Rights Reserved.
Submergence requirements for the bell or pipe intake, as calculated with this standard, are generally less than the values specified by the 13th edition, but more than those required by the 14th edition of the Hydraulic Institute standards. Reference section (9.8.7)
Appendix
These appendices are not part of this standard, but are presented to help the user in considering factors beyond the standard sump design. Appendices have been added to include: a) Remedial Measures for Problem Intakes b) Sump Volume (calculations with considerations given for cyclical operation of constant speed pumps) c) Intake Basin Entrance Conditions d) Bibliography
Disclaimers
This document presents accepted best practices based upon information available to the Hydraulic Institute as of the date of publication. Nothing presented herein is to be construed as a warranty of successful performance under any conditions for any application.
xii Copyright 2000 By Hydraulic Institute, All Rights Reserved.
Flow Chart For Use Of Standard

NOTE: This flow chart is intended as a guide to the use of this standard and can be used to locate the appropriate sections in this standard. The chart is not a substitute for the understanding of the complete standard.
START
NO CAN PUMPS (SECTION 9.8.2.6) SUCTION PIPING (SECTION 9.8.4) IS THERE A FREE LIQUID SURFACE ? YES
OPEN BOTTOM (SECTION 9.8.2.6.4)
CLOSED BOTTOM (SECTION 9.8.2.6.5)
INLET BELL DESIGN DIAMETER (SECTION 9.8.6)
SUBMERGENCE (SECTION 9.8.7)
CLEAR LIQUID ? YES
NO
TRENCH TYPE INTAKE (SECTION 9.8.3.2)
RECTANGULAR INTAKE (SECTION 9.8.3.4)
CIRCULAR INTAKE (SECTION 9.8.3.3)
RECTANGULAR INTAKE (SECTION 9.8.2.1)
TRENCH TYPE INTAKE (SECTION 9.8.2.4)
FORMED SUCTION INTAKE (SECTION 9.8.2.2)
SUCTION TANKS (SECTION 9.8.2.5)
UNCONFINED INTAKE (SECTION 9.8.2.7)
CIRCULAR INTAKE (SECTION 9.8.2.3)
NO
FLOW PER PUMP > 5000 GPM ? YES
END
FLOW > 100,000 GPM PER STATION OR >40,000 GPM PER PUMP ? NO YES
MODEL TEST REQUIRED (SECTION 9.8.5)
END
END
xiii Copyright 2000 By Hydraulic Institute, All Rights Reserved.
HI Pump Intake Design 1998
Pump Intake Design

9.8 Pump intake design
Metric units of measurement are used; and corresponding US units appear in brackets. Charts, graphs and sample calculations are also shown in both metric and US units. Since values given in metric units are not exact equivalents to values given in US units, it is important that the selected units of measure be stated in reference to this standard. If no such statement is provided, metric units shall govern. See Section 9.8.8 for Glossary and Nomenclature. In the application of this standard, the pump rated flow shall be used as the design flow for the basis of the intake design. The intake structure should be designed to allow the pumps to achieve their optimum hydraulic performance for all operating conditions. A good design ensures that the adverse flow phenomena described above are within the limits outlined in Section 9.8.5.6. If an intake is designed to a geometry other than that presented in this standard, and this design is shown by prototype or model tests, performed in accordance with Section 9.8.5, to meet the acceptance criteria in Section 9.8.5.6, then this alternative design shall be deemed to comply with this standard.
9.8.2 Intake structures for clear liquids

9.8.2.1 Rectangular intakes
9.8.1 Design objectives

Specific hydraulic phenomena have been identified that can adversely affect the performance of pumps. Phenomena that must not be present to an excessive degree are: Submerged vortices Free-surface vortices Excessive pre-swirl of flow entering the pump Non-uniform spatial distribution of velocity at the impeller eye Excessive variations in velocity and swirl with time Entrained air or gas bubbles
This section is applicable to wet pit pumps. This section also applies to the intakes for dry pit pumps with less than five diameters of suction piping immediately upstream from the pump (see Section 9.8.4). 9.8.2.1.1 Approach flow patterns The characteristics of the flow approaching an intake structure is one of the most critical considerations for the designer. When determining direction and distribution of flow at the entrance to a pump intake structure, the following must be considered: The orientation of the structure relative to the body of supply liquid Whether the structure is recessed from, flush with, or protrudes beyond the boundaries of the body of supply liquid Strength of currents in the body of supply liquid perpendicular to the direction of approach to the pumps The number of pumps required and their anticipated operating combinations
The negative impact of each of these phenomena on pump performance depends on pump specific speed and size, as well as other design features of the pump that are specific to a given pump manufacturer. In general, large pumps and axial flow pumps (high specific speed) are more sensitive to adverse flow phenomena than small pumps or radial flow pumps (low specific speed). A more quantitative assessment of which pump types may be expected to withstand a given level of adverse phenomena with no ill effects has not been performed. Typical symptoms of adverse hydraulic conditions are reduced flow rate, head, effects on power, and increased vibration and noise.
The ideal conditions, and the assumptions upon which the geometry and dimensions recommended for rectangular intake structures are based, are that the structure draws flow so that there are no cross-flows in the vicinity of the intake structure that create asymmetric flow patterns approaching any of the pumps, and
1 Copyright 2000 By Hydraulic Institute, All Rights Reserved.
HI Pump Intake Design 1998 the structure is oriented so that the supply boundary is symmetrical with respect to the centerline of the structure. As a general guide, cross-flow velocities are significant if they exceed 50% of the pump bay entrance velocity. Section 9.8.5 provides recommendations for analyzing departures from this ideal condition based upon a physical hydraulic model study. 9.8.2.1.2 Open vs. partitioned structures If multiple pumps are installed in a single intake structure, dividing walls placed between the pumps result in more favorable flow conditions than found in open sumps. Adverse flow patterns can frequently occur if dividing walls are not used. For pumps with design flows greater than 315 l/s (5,000 gpm) dividing walls between pumps are required. 9.8.2.1.3 Trash racks and screens Partially clogged trash racks or screens can create severely skewed flow patterns. If the application is such that screens or trash racks are susceptible to clogging, they must be inspected and cleaned as frequently as necessary to prevent adverse effects on flow patterns. Any screen-support structure that disrupts flow, such as dual-flow traveling screens, otherwise known as double-entry single-exit screens, can create a highvelocity jet and severe instability near the pumps. A physical hydraulic model study must be performed in every such case. The screen exit should be placed a minimum distance of six bell diameters, 6D, (see Section 9.8.6) from the pumps. However, this distance should be used only as a general guideline for initial layouts of structures, with final design developed with the aid of a physical model study. The recommendations in this standard should be followed if suction bell strainers are used. 9.8.2.1.4 Recommendations for dimensioning rectangular intake structures The basic design requirements for satisfactory hydraulic performance of rectangular intake structures include: Adequate depth of flow to limit velocities in the pump bays and reduce the potential for formulation of surface vortices Adequate pump bay width, in conjunction with the depth, to limit the maximum pump approach velocities to 0.5 m/s (1.5 ft/s), but narrow and long enough to channel flow uniformly toward the pumps The minimum submergence, S, required to prevent strong air core vortices is based in part on a dimensionless flow parameter, the Froude number, defined as: FD = V/(gD)0.5 Where: FD = V = Froude number (dimensionless) Velocity at based on D suction inlet = Flow/Area, (9.8.2.1-1)
D = g =
Outside diameter of bell or pipe inlet gravitational acceleration
Consistent units must be used for V, D and g so that FD is dimensionless. The minimum submergence, S, shall be calculated from (Hecker, G.E., 1987), S = D (1+2.3FD) (9.8.2.1-2)
where the units of S are those used for D. Section 9.8.7 provides further information on the background and development of this relationship. It is appropriate to specify sump dimensions in multiples of pump bell diameters D (see Section 9.8.6). Basing dimensions on D ensures geometric similarity of hydraulic boundaries and dynamic similarity of flow patterns. There is some variation in bell velocity among pump types and manufacturers. However, variations in bell inlet velocity are of secondary importance to maintaining acceleration of the flow and converging streamlines into the pump bell. The basic recommended layout for rectangular sumps, dimensioned in units of pump bell diameter D, is shown in Figure 9.8.1. The dimension variables and their recommended values are defined in Table 9.8.1. Through-flow traveling screens generally do not clog to the point where flow disturbances occur. Therefore, they may be located such that Y is 4.0D or more in dimension. For non-selfcleaning trash racks or stationary screens, the dimension Y shall be increased to a minimum of 5.0D. Care must be taken to ensure that clogging does not occur to the extent that large nonuniformities in the pump approach flow will be generated.
A > 5D Z 1 > 5D X > 5D 0< < 10
W = 2D
CROSS-FLOW VELOCITY, V C
PUMP BAY VELOCITY, 0.5 m/s (1.5 ft/s) MAX
VX
B = 0.75D Y > 4D
OPTIONAL TRAVELING THROUGH FLOW SCREEN
S MIN LIQUID LEVEL H 0.3D < C < 0.5D Z 2 > 5D
-10 <
< 10
Figure 9.8.1 Recommended intake structure layout The effectiveness of the recommended pump bay dimensions depends upon the characteristics of the flow approaching the structure, and upon the geometry of hydraulic boundaries in the immediate vicinity of the structure. Section 9.8.2.1.1 provides a discussion of the requirements for satisfactory approach flow conditions. Negative values of (the angle of wall divergence) require flow distribution or straightening devices, and should be developed with the aid of a physical hydraulic model study. Occasionally, it is necessary to increase the bay width to greater than 2D to prevent velocities at the entrance to the pump bays from exceeding 0.5 m/s (1.5 ft/s). Greater bay widths may also result due to the arrangement of mechanical equipment. In these cases, the bay width in the immediate vicinity of the pumps must be decreased to 2D. The dimension of the filler required to achieve the reduction in bay width is as shown in Figure 9.8.2. For pumps with design flows of 315 l/s (5,000 gpm) or less, no partition walls between pumps are required, and the minimum pump spacing shall be 2D.
Figure 9.8.2 Filler wall details for proper bay width Table 9.8.2 provides a sequence of steps to follow in determining the general layout and internal geometry of a rectangular intake structure. 9.8.2.2 Formed suction intakes
9.8.2.2.1 General This standard applies to formed suction intakes. The standard utilizes the TYPE 10 design developed by the US Army Corps of Engineers (ETL No. 110-2-327). The formed suction intake (FSI) may eliminate the need for the design of sumps with approach channels and appurtenances to provide satisfactory flow to a pump. The FSI design is relatively insensitive to the direction of approach flow and skewed velocity distribution at its entrance. In applying the FSI design, consideration should be given to the head loss in the FSI which will affect to some extent the system curve calculations, and the net positive suction head (NPSH) available to the pump impeller, typically located near the FSI exit. 9.8.2.2.2 Dimensions The FSI design dimensions are indicated in Figure 9.8.3. The wall shown in Figure 9.8.3 above the FSI
HI Pump Intake Design 1998 opening reduces the tendency for surface vortices when the FSIs are installed in individual bays. The wall is not necessary for unrestricted approach flow conditions. 9.8.2.2.3 Application standards Minimum submergence (see Section 9.8.7) is calculated as follows: S /D = 1.0 + 2.3 FD Where: S is the distance from the minimum recommended liquid level to the centerline of the FSI opening in the elevation view
Table 9.8.1 Recommended dimensions for Figures 9.8.1 and 9.8.2 Dimension Variable A Description Distance from the pump inlet bell centerline to the intake structure entrance Length of constricted bay section near the pump inlet Distance from the back wall to the pump inlet bell centerline Distance between the inlet bell and floor Inlet bell design outside diameter Minimum liquid depth Minimum height of constricted bay section near the pump inlet bell Minimum pump inlet bell submergence Recommended Value A = 5D minimum, assuming no significant cross-flowa at the entrance to the intake structure a = 2.5D minimum B = 0.75D C = 0.3D to 0.5D See Section 9.8.6 H=S+C h = (greater of H or 2.5D) S = D(1.0 + 2.3 FD) (see Section 9.8.7 for detailed discussion on determining minimum submergence) W = 2D minimum w = 2D X = 5D minimum, assuming no significant cross-flow at the entrance to the intake structure Y = 4D minimum. Dual-flow screens require a model study Z1 = 5D minimum, assuming no significant cross-flowa at the entrance to the intake structure Z2 = 5D minimum = 10 to +10 degrees = 0 to +10 degrees (Negative values of , if used, require flow distribution devices developed through a physical model study) = 10 degrees maximum
a B C D H h S
W w X
Pump inlet bay entrance width Constricted bay width near the pump inlet bell Pump inlet bay length
Y Z1
Distance from pump inlet bell centerline to the through-flow traveling screen Distance from pump inlet bell centerline to diverging walls Distance from inlet bell centerline to sloping floor Angle of floor slope Angle of wall convergence
Z2
Angle of convergence from constricted area to bay walls
a Cross-flow is considered significant when V > 0.5 V average C X
HI Pump Intake Design 1998 D is the diameter of a circle having an area equivalent to the rectangular FSI opening, D = [(4/)WHf ]0.5 used in FD, is the average velocity through the FSI opening Circular pump stations (clear liquids) The circular geometry results in a smaller circumference, and hence minimizes excavation and construction materials for a given sump volume. The circular geometry lends itself to the use of the caisson construction technique. The availability of prefabricated circular construction elements has made this design the most popular for smaller pump stations. Fully equipped prefabricated pump stations often have a circular design for the above reasons. The recommended designs of circular stations are categorized in two groups: duplex and triplex. Stations with four or more pumps are not addressed in the standard because of complex flow patterns; such designs require a model study. Circular pump sumps for flows exceeding 315 l/s (5000 gpm) per pump require a model test.
9.8.2.3
9.8.2.3.1 General A circular design is suitable for many types and sizes of pump stations. It can be used with most types of pumps and for most types of liquids. A circular design may offer a more compact layout that often results in reduced construction costs.
Table 9.8.2 Design sequence, rectangular intake structures Design Step 1 Description Consider the flow patterns and boundary geometry of the body of liquid from which the pump station is to receive flow. Compare with the approach flow condition described in Section 9.8.2.1.1 and determine from Section 9.8.5.1 if a hydraulic model study is required. Determine the number and size of pumps required to satisfy the range of operating conditions likely to be encountered. Identify pump inlet bell diameter. If final bell diameter is not available, use the relationship in Figure 9.8.25 to obtain the inlet bell design diameter Determine the bell-floor clearance, see Figure 9.8.1. A good preliminary design number is 0.5D. Determine the required bell submergence, using the relationship in Section 9.8.7. Determine the minimum allowable liquid depth in the intake structure from the sum of the floor clearance and the required bell submergence. Check bottom elevation near the entrance to the structure and determine if it is necessary to slope the floor upstream of the bay entrance. Check the pump bay velocity for the maximum single-pump flow and minimum liquid depth with the bay width set to 2D. If bay velocity exceeds 0.5 m/s (1.5 ft/s), then increase the bay width to reduce to a maximum flow velocity of 0.5 m/s (1.5 ft/s). If it is necessary to increase the pump bay width to greater than 2D, then decrease bay width in the vicinity of the pumps according to Figure 9.8.2. Compare cross-flow velocity (at maximum system flow) to average pump bay velocity. If cross-flow value exceeds 50% of the bay velocity, a hydraulic model study is necessary. Determine the length of the structure and dividing walls, giving consideration to minimum allowable distances to a sloping floor, screening equipment, and length of dividing walls. If dual flow traveling screens or drum screens are to be used, a hydraulic model study is required (see Section 9.8.5.1, Need for Model Study). If the final selected pump bell diameter and inlet velocity is within the range given in Section 9.8.6, the sump dimensions (developed based on the inlet bell design diameter) need not be changed and will comply with these standards.
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11
12
Figure 9.8.3 Type 10 formed suction intake 9.8.2.3.2 Recommendations for dimensioning circular pump stations 9.8.2.3.2.1 Cf = Cw = Cb = Ds = Db = S = Nomenclature Floor clearance Wall clearance Inlet bell or volute clearance (as applicable) Sump diameter Inlet bell or volute diameter (as applicable) Submergence, the vertical distance from minimum sump liquid level to pump inlet, usually pump inlet bell (see Section 9.8.7 for details). 9.8.2.3.2.2 Floor clearance Cf
The floor clearance should not be greater than necessary, because excessive floor clearance increases the occurrence of stagnant zones as well as the sump depth at a given submergence. The conditions that determine the minimum floor clearance (Cf) are the risk of increasing inlet head loss and flow separation at the bell. Submerged vortices are also sensitive to floor clearance. Recommended floor clearance is between 0.3D and 0.5D. 9.8.2.3.2.3 Wall clearance Cw
The minimum clearance between an inlet bell or a pump volute and a sump wall is 0.25D or at least 100 mm (4 inches).
Ds Ds Ds
S S S
Cf Cw Cb Cb/2 Cw
Cf
Cf Cw
Cw
Cb Cb/2
Db Db < D b /2
Db Db
Cb C b /2
Ds min = 2.5 D b + 2 C w + Cb
Ds min = 2 D b + 2 C w+ C b Ds by pit design
Figure 9.8.4A Wet pit duplex sump with pumps offset 9.8.2.3.2.4
Figure 9.8.4B Wet pit duplex sump with pumps centerline
Figure 9.8.4C Dry pit/wet pit duplex sump
Inlet bell clearance Cb
The minimum clearance between adjacent inlet bells or volutes (as applicable) is 0.25D or at least 100 mm (4 inches). 9.8.2.3.2.5 Sump diameter Ds
minimizes air entrainment for liquid cascading down into the sump from an elevated inflow pipe. It is important to position the inflow pipe(s) radially and normal to the pumps, as shown in the figures, to minimize rotational flow patterns. For the last five pipe diameters before entering the sump, the inflow pipe(s) shall be straight and have no valves or fittings. 9.8.2.4 Trench-type intakes (clear liquids)
Minimum sump diameter shall be as indicated for each type of pump sump as shown in Figures 9.8.4A through 9.8.5C. 9.8.2.3.2.6 Inlet bell or volute diameter Db
This section establishes criteria for design of trenchtype wet wells using both formed suction and bell-type pump inlets for clear liquid applications. 9.8.2.4.1 General Trench-type wet wells differ from rectangular intake structures (see Section 9.8.2.1) by the geometry used to form a transition between the dimensions of the influent conduit or channel and the wet well itself. As illustrated in Figures 9.8.6 and 9.8.7, an abrupt transition is used to create a confined trench for the location of the pump inlets. While only limited modeling work has been conducted on trench-type wet wells, successful applications with individual pump capacities as great as 4730 l/s 7
This parameter is given by the proposed pump type and model. For submersible and other pumps with a volute in the wet pit, use the volute diameter. For pumps without a volute in the wet pit, use the inlet bell diameter. 9.8.2.3.2.7 Inflow pipe
The inflow pipe shall not be placed at an elevation higher than that shown in the figures. This placement
HI Pump Intake Design 1998 (75,000 gpm) and installation capacities of 14,200 l/s (225,000 gpm) have been constructed for centrifugal pumps. Axial and mixed flow applications of the trench-type wet well include individual pump capacities of 2900 l/s (46,000 gpm) and total installation capacities of up to 12,000 l/s (190,000 gpm). Most applications of the trench-type design have been with the incoming flow directed along the wet well's long axis (coaxial). Model studies shall be conducted for any installation with individual pump capacities exceeding 2520 l/s (40,000 gpm) or stations with capacities greater than 6310 l/s (100,000 gpm).
Ds Ds Ds
S S S
Cw
Cf
Cf
Cf Cw
Cw
Cw Db Cb
Db C b /2 Cb
Cb
Db
Ds min = 3 D b + 2 C w + Cb
Ds min = 2 (D b + 2 C w + C b )
Ds by pit design
Figure 9.8.5A Wet pit triplex sump, pumps in line
Figure 9.8.5B Wet pit triplex sump, compact
Figure 9.8.5C Dry pit/wet pit triplex sump
Figure 9.8.6 Trench-type wet well 8 Copyright 2000 By Hydraulic Institute, All Rights Reserved.
HI Pump Intake Design 1998 9.8.2.4.5 Width The recommended width of the bottom of the trench for trench-type wet wells is twice the diameter of the pump intake bell. The width of the sump above the trench must be expanded to produce an average limiting velocity in the trapezoidal area above the trench of 0.3 m/s (1.0 ft/s). See Figure 9.8.6. 9.8.2.4.6 Intake submergence
PLAN Formed suction inlet, typ.
W Influent pipe or conduit
1.5 W
See Submergence, Section 9.8.7

Liquid surface variation
9.8.2.4.7 End wall clearance Clearance between the centerline of the intake bell and the end walls of the trench should be 0.75D. 9.8.2.4.8 Floor clearance Clearance between the floor of the trench and the rim of the inlet bell shall be 0.3D to 0.5D. Floor cones are recommended under each of the pump inlet bells. See Paragraph 9.8.3.2.3.2 for solids-bearing liquids. 9.8.2.4.9 Centerline spacing Centerline spacing of adjacent intake bells shall be no less than 2.5D. 9.8.2.4.10 Inlet conduit elevation
Min liquid level Cross-sectional area Equal to FSI entrance area
Max velocity in channel above trench = 0.3 m/s (1 ft/s)
Hf Hf
Hf /2 SECTION
Formed suction inlet (FSI) See 9.8.2.2 for FSI dimensions
Figure 9.8.7 Trench-type wet well with formed suction inlet 9.8.2.4.2 Objectives The purpose of the trench-type wet well is to shield the pump intakes from the influence of the concentrated inflow. The shielding is accomplished by locating the inlets well below the invert elevation of the influent channel or conduit. 9.8.2.4.3 Orientation It is preferable to align the long axis of the wet well with the centerline of the upstream conduit or channel. Offset centerlines are not recommended. The approach conduit can be normal to the axis of the trench as long as careful attention is given to the approach velocity. The approach velocity is limited for each orientation. See Section 9.8.2.4.4. 9.8.2.4.4 Approach velocity The velocity in the approach channel or conduit, upstream from the wet well, shall be no greater than 1.2 m/s (4.0 ft/s) with the axis of the channel or conduit coaxial with the axis of the wet well. If the axis of the channel or conduit is normal to the axis of the trench, a maximum velocity of 0.6 m/s (2.0 ft/s) is recommended.
The elevation of the incoming conduit shall be adjusted so that a cascade is avoided at the minimum liquid level. 9.8.2.5 Suction tanks
9.8.2.5.1 General This standard applies to partly filled tanks, pressurized or non-pressurized, handling non-solids bearing liquids where the outflow occurs with or without simultaneous inflow. The following design features are considered: Tank Geometry Vertical Cylindrical Horizontal Cylindrical Rectangular Outlet Orientation and Location Vertical, Downwards Horizontal, Side Horizontal, Bottom Vertical, Upwards
HI Pump Intake Design 1998 Outlet Configuration Flush With Tank Interior Surface Protruding Through Tank Interior Surface Outlet Fitting Straight Cone Bell 9.8.2.5.2 Objectives The purpose of this standard is to recommend features of tank connections to minimize air or gas entrainment during the pumping process. It is assumed that the pump is far enough downstream of the tank outlet, such that flow irregularities are dissipated. 9.8.2.5.3 Discussion Due to the formation of vortices inside the tank, air or gas entrainment can occur in pump suction tanks, even when the tank outlet is totally submerged. Severe cases of air entrainment can cause erratic or noisy pump operation or reduction in pump performance. A pump is affected by entrained air that can collect, and in severe cases, block the impeller eye and cause loss of prime. The extent of air entrainment, caused by vortex formation in a suction tank, depends on the vortex strength, submergence of the tank outlet, and the fluid velocity in the tank outlet. Vortices may occur in tanks under vacuum or pressure, whether or not the level is varying or steady due to inflow. 9.8.2.5.4 Principles See Figure 9.8.8, examples 1 through 4. The recommended minimum submergence S of the outlet fitting below the free surface of the liquid within the tank to prevent air core vortices, given tank outlet diameter D, may be obtained from the relationship S/D = 1.0 + 2.3 FD Where: FD = D = V = g = Froude number = V/ (gD)0.5 outlet fitting diameter outlet fitting velocity acceleration of gravity Figure 9.8.8 Datum for calculation of submergence For further discussion of submergence, see Section 9.8.7 9.8.2.5.5 Application options Whereas Figure 9.8.8, examples 1 through 4 show how the calculated submergence value is to be applied, Figure 9.8.9, examples 5 through 8 show where values of V and D are obtained for the three types of outlet fitting designs: straight, cone-shaped, and bell-shaped. If the desired minimum submergence is less than that calculated by the above relationship, the outlet size, and therefore fluid velocity, may be adjusted to reduce the required minimum submergence. It may be desirable to use a bell-shaped or cone-shaped fitting to reduce the head loss in the fitting. In such cases, shown in Figure 9.8.9, examples 5 through 8, the largest diameter of the fitting is used in the above equations to calculate velocity, V. Owing to the uncertain approach conditions typically encountered in a closed tank or vessel, outlet vortex breakers as illustrated in Appendix A, Figure A.12, should be considered.
HI Pump Intake Design 1998 9.8.2.5.6 NPSH considerations All the head losses incurred from the free liquid surface to the pump inlet must be considered when calculating the NPSH available for the pump. 9.8.2.5.7 Simultaneous inflow and outflow In general, tanks should not have the inlet pipe close to the tank outlet when inflow and outflow occur simultaneously. Suitable baffling or other flow distribution devices may be required to isolate the outlet or reduce the inlet effects on flow patterns. Special attention should also be given to the design to avoid air entrainment with a non-submerged inlet pipe. 9.8.2.5.8 Multiple Inlets or Outlets The design of tanks with multiple inlets and/or outlets should be such that unsatisfactory flow interaction does not occur. Baffling or other flow distribution devices may be required to eliminate such effects. 9.8.2.6 Can and submersible vertical turbine pump intakes (clear liquids) 9.8.2.6.1 General A can pump is a pump that has a barrel around the pumping unit. The purpose of this section is to establish criteria for the design of clear liquid intakes for open bottom and closed bottom can vertical turbine pumps as well as for submersible (well motor driven) vertical turbine pumps. It is necessary to avoid designs to simply fit into a piping arrangement without considering flow patterns to the can inlet or in the barrel itself. For submersible vertical turbine pumps, the cooling of the immersed motor must also be considered. The intake design information provided is for vertical turbine type pumps less than 5000 specific speed (US units). Higher specific speed vertical mixed flow and propeller pumps may perform in a barrel; however; they are more sensitive to hydraulic suction design. Refer to the pump manufacturer for specific can intake designs for these pumps. 9.8.2.6.2 Objective
c) Bell D V D V D V 6) Horizontal, (Side) Outlet D D V D D V D V D V V V D V V
Direction of Tank Outlet V 5) Vertically Downwards (Bottom) Outlet D
Type of Outlet Fitting (Straight, Cone, or Bell) a) Straight b) Cone D
The following provides guidelines to avoid unfavorable flow conditions for both open bottom and closed bottom vertical turbine can pump intakes. 9.8.2.6.3 Design considerations It is necessary to design the can intake such that the first stage impeller suction bell inflow velocity profile is uniform. An asymmetrical velocity profile may result in hydraulic disturbances, such as swirling, submerged vortices and cavitation, that may result in performance degradation and accelerated pump wear. It is recommended that the vertical pump be allowed to hang freely suspended and without restraining attachments to its vertical pump can (riser). However, if it is necessary to install restraining attachments between the pump and barrel, such as for seismic compliance, binding of the pump must be avoided. The pump manufacturer should be consulted regarding the design of any component that affects the pump hydraulic intake performance. These include the suction barrel, 90 turning vane elbow and vortex suppressor.
7) Horizontal, (Bottom) Outlet
Eccentric Reducer V D
8) Vertically Upwards
V D
V D
V D
Figure 9.8.9 Definitions of V and D for calculation of submergence
HI Pump Intake Design 1998 9.8.2.6.4 Open bottom can intakes (Figure 9.8.10) The minimum liquid level is considered a minimum operational level. When the pump is started, the minimum liquid level will reduce momentarily until the pump flow velocity is achieved. The intake piping must be large enough to limit draw down below the recommended minimum suction level to a period of less than 3 seconds during start-up. Open bottom can intakes with flows greater than 315 l/s (5000 gpm) per pump require a model test. Example 1 - This pump intake configuration is particularly effective when liquid elevations (pump submergence) is limited. Flows through a horizontal suction header with velocities up to 2.4 m/s (8.0 ft/s) can be effectively directed into a vertical turbine pump by use of a 90 vaned elbow. Intake model tests for pump flows above 315 l/s (5000 gpm) are recommended. The 90 turning vane inlet diameter (D) shall be sized to limit the inflow velocity to 1.5 m/s (5.0 ft/s). Attachment of a 90 vaned elbow to the horizontal header is recommended to provide hydraulic thrust restraint. Caution is necessary when using this intake configuration in liquids containing trash or crustaceans that attach to the turning vanes. Example 2 - The vortex suppressor and pump are an integral assembly which can be removed for repair, cleaning and inspection. A vortex suppressor is necessary to break up abnormal flow patterns ahead of the pump suction bell. For vertical turbine pumps with rated flows less than 315 l/s (5000 gpm) the maximum horizontal header velocity is 1.8 m/s (6.0 ft/s) and the maximum riser velocity is 1.5 m/s (5.0 ft/s). The installation must allow the pump to hang centered in the vertical riser pipe.
VERTICAL CAN (RISER)
D1 VERTICAL CAN (RISER) D1 TURBINE PUMP BOWL ASSEMBLY MIN. LIQUID LEVEL
MIN. LIQUID LEVEL 1.0 D1 C L 1st. IMPELLER VORTEX SUPPRESOR V (Riser) < 1.5 m/s (5 ft/s)
TURBINE PUMP BOWL ASSEMBLY
1.0 D
3.0 D1 MIN. 90 TURNING VANE ELBOW
C L 1st. IMPELLER
V (Turning Vane) < 1.5 m/s (5 ft/s)
V (Header) < 2.4 m/s (8 ft/s) HORIZONTAL HEADER EXAMPLE-1
V (Header) < 1.8 m/s (6 ft/s) HORIZONTAL HEADER EXAMPLE-2
VERTICAL CAN (RISER) D1 TURBINE PUMP BOWL ASSEMBLY DRY PIT APPLICATION "O"RING OR GASKET JOINTS TO PREVENT LEAKAGE. FLEXIBLE CONNECTOR WITH HARNESED TIE BOLTS. V < 0.6 m/s (2 ft/s) D 5D MINIMUM STRAIGHT PIPE TURBINE PUMP BOWL ASSEMBLY
MIN. LIQUID LEVEL
1.0 D 1 C L 1st. IMPELLER 90 TURNING VANE ELBOW THRUST BLOCK TO RESTRAIN 90 ELBOW MAY BE NECESSARY
90 LONG RADIUS ELBOW OPTIONAL STRAIGHTENING VANES ALLOWS VELOCITY INCREASE TO 1.5 m/s (5 ft/s)
V (Turning Vane) < 1.5 m/s (5 ft/s)
SUCTION HEADER END EXAMPLE-3
DRY PIT EXAMPLE-4
Figure 9.8.10 Open bottom can intakes (pumps less than 315 l/s [5000 gpm]) 12 Copyright 2000 By Hydraulic Institute, All Rights Reserved.
HI Pump Intake Design 1998 Example 3 - When the vertical riser is located at the end of a suction header, a 90 vaned elbow must be used to direct flow into the pumps suction. This intake configuration is effective when liquid elevation (pump submergence) is limited. The 90 turning vane inlet diameter (D) shall be sized to limit the inflow velocity to 1.5 m/s (5.0 ft/s). Example 4 - A 90 long radius elbow may be used at the end of a suction header to direct flow into the pump suction when velocities are less than 0.6 m/s (2.0 ft/s). Installing vanes in the elbow (although difficult) promotes a uniform velocity flow profile. Velocities up to 1.5 m/s (5.0 ft/s) are acceptable when the elbow is fully vaned. A flexible joint between the pump suction and the elbow is recommended to isolate the pump from piping loads. Because this is a dry pit application, the joints throughout the pump should be sealed against leakage by the use of O rings, gaskets, etc. 9.8.2.6.5 Closed bottom can The most typical can pump configurations are closed bottom. See Figure 9.8.11 for design recommendations with various inlet pipe positions relative to the bell. Centering of the pump in relation to the can to avoid rotational flow being generated by non-uniform flow around a non-concentric pump is of particular importance. Care must be taken during installation of the
Figure 9.8.11 Closed bottom can 13 Copyright 2000 By Hydraulic Institute, All Rights Reserved.
HI Pump Intake Design 1998 barrel to assure concentricity of pump to barrel. Flow straightening vanes are suggested for all can intakes and shall be provided for pump capacities greater than 189 l/s (3000 gpm). A pair of vanes should be centered on the inlet to the barrel and extended to above the normal liquid level or to the top of the barrel, as applicable. The vanes should protrude as far as practical into the barrel. A set of vanes in the form of a cross should be provided under the pump bell. In some applications, the pump manufacturer may wish to use other methods to prevent swirling. Because of the limited volume provided by a can type intake, surging of the liquid level within the barrel may be a problem when operating with a partially filled can. The intake piping must be large enough to limit draw down below the recommended minimum liquid level to a period of less than 3 seconds during start-up. 9.8.2.6.6 Submersible pumps (well motor type) 9.8.2.7 Design criteria is provided for both wet pit type and closed bottom can below grade suction intakes. Proper placement of this type of submersible pump in a well is beyond the scope of this standard. A submersible well type motor normally requires a minimum flow of liquid around the immersed motor to Unconfined intakes provide for adequate motor cooling. For many applications a shroud is required to assure proper cooling flow around the motor. Sizing of the cooling shroud for internal flow velocities must be referred to the pump manufacturer. The top of the shroud must include a cover to restrict downward flow of liquid, while allowing for venting of air from the shroud. The intake piping must be large enough to limit draw down below the recommended minimum liquid level to a period of less than 3 seconds during start-up. The first stage impeller is located above both the strainer and motor. A suction case is located below the first stage impeller. The confined flow pathway provided by the motor cooling shroud is very desirable in developing a uniform flow to the first stage impeller. Therefore, placement of the wet pit type submersible per Section 9.8.2.1 is only necessary for flow rates above 315 l/s (5000 gpm).
9.8.2.7.1 Scope Unconfined intakes involve pumps installed on platforms or other structures where the intake lacks guide walls, walls of a sump or other flow guiding structures. Typical installations include intakes on rivers, canals or
Figure 9.8.12 Submersible vertical turbine pump 14 Copyright 2000 By Hydraulic Institute, All Rights Reserved.
HI Pump Intake Design 1998 channels, intakes on lakes and pumps located on platforms for seawater systems. 9.8.2.7.2 Cross-flow velocities and pump location D = Pumps with unconfined intakes are often located where a unidirectional cross-flow occurs, or on platforms where tidal variations may cause highly complex current conditions around the pump inlet bell. The minimum recommended distance from an obstruction to the pump suction in the direction of any current that could cause wake effects is five times the maximum cross-sectional dimension of the obstruction. Cross-flow velocities shall be less than 25% of the bell velocity, but the designer may have little control over this variable. Installations with higher cross-flow velocities require special flow correction devices which are beyond this design standard (see Appendix A for reference information). For higher cross-flow velocities, supplemental lateral support of the pump may be required. If debris or bottom sediments are not a problem, the inlet bell shall be located 0.3 to 0.5 D above the bottom to minimize submerged vortices. For applications where suspension of bottom debris may be a problem, a 5D minimum clearance is suggested. For installations on platforms along the seashore, suspension of sand during storms is unavoidable due to wave action. In some cases, a bed of armor stone around the intake has proved useful in minimizing suspension of sediments. The design of such armor layers should be performed with the assistance of an engineer with experience in sediment transport and design of riprap protection, as the proper design of armor stone protection requires specialized techniques. 9.8.2.7.3 Debris and screens Debris is of particular concern for unconfined intakes. Light debris loading may be accommodated by screens attached to the pump bell. Special design considerations are required to accommodate heavy debris loading. Large floating debris and ice which could damage the pump is also of concern. A barrier may be required to protect the pump. These barriers should not introduce wake disturbances into the pump. 9.8.2.7.4 Submergence S/D = 1.0 + 2.3 FD V = outlet fitting diameter outlet fitting velocity Where: FD = Froude number = V/(gD)0.5
For further discussion of submergence, see Section 9.8.7.
9.8.3 Intake structures for solids-bearing liquids

9.8.3.1 General
Wet wells for solids-bearing liquids require special considerations to allow for the removal of floating and settling solids. These considerations include wet well geometry and provisions for cleaning of the structure to remove material that would otherwise be trapped and result in undesirable conditions. 9.8.3.1.1 Scope This standard applies specifically to installations where the pumped liquid contains solids that may float or settle in the wet well. Fluids such as wastewater, industrial discharges, storm or canal drainage, combined wastewater, and some raw water supplies are included in this category. 9.8.3.1.2 Objectives The objective of this standard is to introduce special design features recommended for wet wells used in solids-bearing liquid applications. These features are intended to eliminate or minimize accumulations of solids, thereby reducing maintenance. Organic solids accumulations not removed may become septic, causing odors, increasing corrosion, and releasing hazardous gases. 9.8.3.1.3 Principles The main principle is to minimize horizontal surfaces in the wet well anywhere but directly within the influence of the pump inlets, thereby directing all solids to a location where they may be removed by the pumping equipment. Vertical or steeply sloped sides shall be provided for the transition from upstream conduits or channels to pump inlets. Trench-type wet wells (see Section 9.8.2.4) and circular plan wet wells (see Section 9.8.2.3), with some modifications as presented in this section, have been found to be suitable for this purpose.
HI Pump Intake Design 1998 9.8.3.1.4 Vertical transitions Transitions between levels in wet wells for solidsbearing liquids shall be at steep angles (60 minimum for concrete, 45 minimum for smooth-surfaced materials such as plastic and coated concreteall angles relative to horizontal) to prevent solids accumulations and promote movement of the material to a location within the influence of the currents entering the pump intakes. Horizontal surfaces should be eliminated where possible except near the pump inlet. See Figures 9.8.13 and 9.8.14.
Transition from circular to rectangular recommended, see Section 9.8.3.2.1
9.8.3.1.5 Confined inlet The horizontal surface immediately in front (for formed suction inlets) or below (for bell inlets) should be limited to a small, confined space directly in front of or below the inlet itself. To make cleaning more effective, the walls and floor forming the space must be confined so that currents can sweep floating and settled solids to the pump inlet. See Figure 9.8.17.
D PLAN A 4 ft/s max Sluice gate Min level
2.5 D min. 0.75 D
Anti-rotation baffle (protude as far as practical)
0.3 m/s (1.0 ft/s) max velocity above trench
S 2D min
0.5 to 1.0
D/2 Vane A LONGITUDINAL SECTION
D/4 Hydro cone
D 2D SECTION A-A
2.33 head on sluice gate (2D min) 45 for smooth surface (plastic lining) 60 for concrete S (1 + 2.3FD)D
Figure 9.8.13 Open trench-type wet well
A MIN LEVEL
D/4 2D A SECTION A-A
Figure 9.8.14 Open trench-type wet well for pumps sensitive to loss of prime 16 Copyright 2000 By Hydraulic Institute, All Rights Reserved.
HI Pump Intake Design 1998 9.8.3.1.6 Cleaning procedures Removal of solids from wet wells, designed in accordance with these principles, can be achieved by operating the pumps selectively to lower the level in the wet well until the pumps lose prime. Both settled and floating solids are removed by the pumping equipment and discharged to the force main (or discharge conduit). This cleaning procedure momentarily subjects the pumps to vibration, dry running, and other severe conditions. Consult the pump manufacturer before selecting the pumping equipment. The frequency of cleaning cycles is dependent on local conditions, and therefore should be determined by experience at the site. Alternatively, liquid jets or mixers positioned to create horizontal and vertical currents, can be used intermittently or continuously to maintain suspension and direct floating and settled solids toward the pump intakes. The solids are swept into the pump intake for removal. Caution should be exercised, when using jets or mixers, to avoid inducing continuous currents near pump inlets that could result in damage to the pumping equipment. 9.8.3.1.7 Wet well volume Wet wells for variable speed pumping stations designed to match outflow with inflow need not be designed for storage, but rather only to accommodate the inlets and the geometry required for velocity limitations and cleaning. Wet wells for constant speed pumps should be constructed to minimize size for economy and to facilitate cleaning. One approach is to provide storage for pump regulation in the upstream conduit or channel, as well as in the wet well itself. Refer to Appendix B for guidance on sump volume for constant speed pumps and Appendix C for storage in the upstream conduit. 9.8.3.2 Trench-type wet wells for solids-bearing liquids 9.8.3.2.1 General The purpose of this section is to establish criteria for design of trench-type wet wells for solids-bearing liquids such as stormwater, wastewater, and canal-type pumping stations. 9.8.3.2.2 Objectives Trench-type wet wells have been successfully designed to provide for cleaning with the periodic operation of the pumping equipment using a special procedure. This standard provides guidance on the geometry necessary to induce scouring velocities during the cleaning procedure. Experience has shown that trench-type wet wells with an ogee transition between the entrance conduit and the trench floor provides optimum geometry for efficient cleaning operations. Refer to Sections 9.8.3.2.3 to 9.8.3.2.5 and Figure 9.8.13 for recommendations for trench-type wet wells. Trench-type wet wells can be used with both constant speed and variable speed pumping equipment. There is no difference between wet wells for variable as compared with constant speed pumps, but there is a difference between inlet conduits for the two kinds of pumping stations. With variable speed pumps, there is no need for storage, because pump discharge equals inflow. Consequently, the water level in the wet well can be made to match the water level in the upstream conduit. When constant speed pumps are used, the water level must fluctuate rising when pumps are off and falling when they are running. There must be sufficient active storage to prevent excessive frequency of motor starts. As trench-type wet wells are inherently small and not easily adapted to contain large volumes of active storage, it is desirable to dedicate a portion of the upstream conduit to storage. The dedicated portion is called an approach pipe. It is usually 75 to 150 mm (3 to 6 inches) larger than the conduit upstream of the dedicated portion, and it is laid at a compromise gradient of 2% (although other gradients could be used.) At low water level, the velocity in the approach pipe is supercritical, thus leaving a large part of the cross section empty for storage as the water level rises. The design of approach pipes is not a part of these standards, but the essentials of design are given in Appendix C. 9.8.3.2.3 Open trench design See Figure 9.8.13 for the arrangement of an open trench wet well. 9.8.3.2.3.1 Inlet transition
The ogee spillway transition at the inlet to the wet well trench is designed to convert potential energy in the influent liquid to kinetic energy during the wet well cleaning cycle. The curvature at the top of the spillway should follow the trajectory of a free, horizontal jet issuing from under the sluice gate and discharging
HI Pump Intake Design 1998 approximately 75% of the flow rate of the last pump. The radius of the curvature, r, shall be at least 2.3 times the pressure head upstream of the sluice gate during cleaning. The radius of curvature at the bottom of the ogee need be large enough only for a smooth transition to horizontal flow; 0.5 r to 1.0 r is sufficient. To produce smooth flow down the ogee ramp and avoid standing waves, the discharge under the sluice gate should be uniform in depth across the 2D width of the trench. Either (1) a short transition from a circular to a rectangular section, as shown in Figure 9.8.13 or (2) a short rectangular recess in front of the sluice gate is recommended. 9.8.3.2.3.2 Inlet floor clearance the flow rate of the last pump in the trench by adjusting the sluice gate. The pumps are operated to lower the liquid level to a minimum as rapidly as possible such that the stored liquid volume is sufficient to complete the cleaning cycle. As the liquid level in the wet well falls, the liquid attains supercritical velocity as it flows down the ogee spillway, and a hydraulic jump is formed at the toe. As the hydraulic jump moves along the bottom of the trench, the jump and the swift currents suspend the settled solids, causing them to be pumped from the trench. As the hydraulic jump passes under each pump intake, the pump loses prime and should be stopped. 9.8.3.3 Circular plan wet pit for solids-bearing liquids 9.8.3.3.1 Wet pit design The design of the wet pit should adhere to the general recommendations given in Section 9.8.2.3. Additionally, the bottom of the wet pit shall have sloped surfaces around the inlet bells or pumps, as shown in Figures 9.8.15 and 9.8.16. 9.8.3.3.2 Accessories The use of pump and sump accessories that cause collection or entrapment of solids should be limited to a practical minimum.
All bell-type pump inlets, except that farthest from the wet well inlet, shall be located D/2 above the floor of the wet well trench. The inlet for the last pump (farthest from the wet well inlet) shall be located D/4 above the floor of the trench. See Figure 9.8.13. For pumps that may be sensitive to loss of prime (due to entrainment of air from surface vortices), the last pump inlet can be lowered by D/4 provided the floor near the intake is lowered by the same amount. See Figure 9.8.14 for this arrangement. All other dimensions and velocities for this arrangement shall comply with those given in Figure 9.8.13. 9.8.3.2.3.3 Inlet splitters and cones
Fin-type floor splitters aligned with the axis of the trench are recommended. They must be centered under the suction bells for all but the pump inlet farthest from the wet well entrance. A floor cone should be installed under the pump inlet farthest from the wet well inlet conduit or pipe as shown in Figure 9.8.13. 9.8.3.2.3.4 Anti-rotation baffle
An anti-rotation baffle at the last pump inlet, shown in Figure 9.8.13, is needed to ensure satisfactory performance during the cleaning cycle. The anti-rotation baffle should protrude towards the pump as far as practicable. 9.8.3.2.3.5 Cleaning procedure
Trench-type wet wells for solids-bearing liquids can be cleaned readily by stopping all pumps to store enough liquid for the cleaning process in the upstream conduit. When sufficient liquid is available, flow into the wet well should be limited to approximately 75 percent of
Figure 9.8.15 Circular wet pit with sloping walls and minimized horizontal floor area (submersible pumps shown for illustration)
HI Pump Intake Design 1998 9.8.3.3.3 Cleaning procedure The frequency of cleaning cycles is dependent on local conditions, and therefore should be determined by experience at the site. Removal of settled solids is effected each time a pump is activated, but removal of floating solids can only be accomplished when the liquid surface area is at a minimum and the pump intake submergence is low enough (0.5 to 1.0 D) to create a strong surface vortex (number 4 to number 6 in Figure 9.8.23). Such a submergence level is lower than that recommended in Section 9.8.7. Pumping under these severe conditions will cause noise, vibration, and high loads on the impeller and hence should be limited to brief, infrequent periods (refer to pump manufacturers recommendation). The pumps should be stopped as soon as they lose prime, or as soon as the sump is free of floating debris. 9.8.3.4 Rectangular wet wells for solids-bearing liquids 9.8.3.4.1 General 1) Use of submerged mixers. The geometry of rectangular wet wells is not particularly suited for use with solids-bearing liquids, but with special provisions for frequent cleaning, such wet wells may be acceptable. 2) Bypassing part of the pump discharge back into the wet well. 3) Connecting the force main to a valve and then to the wet well. About half of the pump discharge is allowed to recirculate back into the wet well. Dewatering the wet well and sweeping solids to the pumps with a high-pressure hose. Vacuuming both floating and settled solids out of the wet well, usually by an external pump and hose. Dewatering one side of the wet well (if possible) and removing the solids. 9.8.3.4.2 Objectives The objective of this section is to describe several means for minimizing or eliminating accumulations of solids before they interfere with the operation of the pumps or before they become septic and generate excessive odors that must be treated. 9.8.3.4.3 Control of sediments Several means for controlling the accumulation of sediments are possible, such as: Designing the wet well to provide currents swift enough (e.g., 1.0 m/s [3.0 ft/s] or more) to carry settleable solids to the pump intakes. Such a means should be thoroughly investigated before a design is begun. Violent mixing to suspend sediments while the mixture is being removed by the main pumps. These methods include:
9.8.3.4.4 Confined wet well design In this arrangement each suction inlet bell is located in a confined pocket to isolate the pump from any flow disturbances that might be generated by adjacent pumps, to restrict the area in which solids can settle, and to maintain higher velocities at the suction inlet in order to minimize the amount of solids settling out of the flow. Figure 9.8.16 Circular wet pit with sloping walls and minimized horizontal floor area (dry pit pumps) See Figure 9.8.17 for the arrangement of a confined wet well.
HI Pump Intake Design 1998 9.8.3.4.4.1 Suction inlet clearance restriction. As the liquid level in the wet well falls, swift currents will suspend most of the floating debris, causing them to be pumped from the trench. The pump will eventually lose prime and must be stopped immediately. Both settled and floating solids are removed by the pumping equipment and discharged to the force main (or discharge conduit). This cleaning procedure momentarily subjects the pumps to vibration, dry running, and other severe conditions. The frequency of cleaning cycles is dependent on local conditions, and therefore should be determined by experience at the site. Generally, the cleaning operation will take less than 5 minutes to perform and the duration between cleaning cycles would typically be 1 to 2 weeks.
All suction inlets shall be located D/4 above the floor of the wet well. The side walls of the individual cell should be 1.5 to 2.0 D in dimension. The depth of the individual cell must be a minimum of 2.0 D square. A cone shall be installed under each suction inlet. 9.8.3.4.4.2 Anti-rotation baffle
Anti-rotation baffles are required for individual flows in excess of 189 l/s (3000 gpm). 9.8.3.4.4.3 Cleaning procedure
Removal of settled solids from wet wells, designed in accordance with the Figure 9.8.17, can be achieved by operating the pumps one at a time at full speed for a duration of about two minutes. Typically, only one pump should be operated at a time to avoid excessive draw down of the liquid level in the sump. The majority of floating solids are removed from the sump by operating the pumps one at a time at full speed while restricting the flow into the wet well to 80 to 60 percent of the flow rate of the pump at full speed. Adjusting the sluice gate is the normal method of flow
Anti-Rotation Baffle 1.5-2.0 D
9.8.4 Pump suction piping

9.8.4.1 General
D PLAN 0.6 m/s max (2.0 ft/s max) Vertical or steep slopes to pump inlet pipe covered with PVC
This section provides information and design recommendations for suction piping, required for all pumping applications, except where the pump inlet is immersed in the liquid. Proper design of suction piping is critical in that it determines the uniformity of flow delivered to the pump. Disturbed inflow causes deterioration of pump performance and may shorten pump life due to vibration and cavitation. Discharge piping has virtually no effect on pump performance other than the head loss that it creates. In this section, the term pipe fittings refers to all types of plumbing fittings, such as bends, reducers, tee and wye connections, and all types of valves. This standard is intended to provide design recommendations such that the pump will receive inflow of sufficient uniformity to perform its intended duty. Other piping considerations, such as head loss, material selection, costs, and space requirements also need to be considered and are not covered here. 9.8.4.2 Principles
45 Min.
Greater of 4D or S >2D
Cone Section
D/4 1.5-2.0 D
Pump inlet located in a confined pocket at least 1.5 bell diameters but no more than 2 bell diameters in plan in any direction
The ideal flow entering the pump inlet should be of a uniform velocity distribution without rotation and stable over time. This ideal flow is often referred to as undisturbed flow, and it can be achieved by controlling pipe lengths and the type and location of fittings in the suction piping system. The suction piping should be designed such that it is simple with gentle transitions if changing pipe sizes. Transitions resulting in flow deceleration at the pump shall not used.
Figure 9.8.17 Confined wet wall design 20 Copyright 2000 By Hydraulic Institute, All Rights Reserved.
HI Pump Intake Design 1998 Table 9.8.3 Acceptable velocity ranges for inlet bell diameter D Pump Flow Range Q, l/s < 315 315 < 1260 1260 Recommended Inlet Bell Design Velocity, m/s V = 1.7 V = 1.7 V = 1.7
Acceptable Velocity Range, m/s 0.6 V 2.7 0.9 V 2.4 1.2 V 2.1
NOTE: See Figure 9.8.25A for corresponding inlet diameters (OD), calculated according to D = [Q/(785V)]0.5
Pump Flow Range Q, gpm < 5,000 5,000 < 20,000 20,000 Figure 9.8.18 Common intakes for suction piping showing submergence datum references The velocities recommended in Section 9.8.4.3 shall be adhered to while keeping in mind that higher velocities increase head loss and thus decrease the NPSH available at the pump inlet. The effect of disturbed flow conditions at the inlet bell, i.e., at the beginning of the suction piping, tend to diminish with distance. Short suction piping is less effective in moderating disturbances before the flow reaches the pump. Good inflow conditions at the inlet bell exists if the intake is designed following recommendations in other parts of this standard. See Figure 9.8.18. The recommended inlet bell velocity is specified in Table 9.8.3. Part of the suction piping system can be subjected to pressures below atmospheric. It is, therefore, important to ensure that all fitting joints are tight, because air entrainment on the suction side may cause a reduction in pump performance and can be difficult to detect. Manifolds and suction headers are covered in Section 9.8.4.3.1.
Recommended Inlet Bell Design Velocity, ft/s V = 5.5 V = 5.5 V = 5.5
Acceptable Velocity Range, ft/s 2V9 3V8 4V7
NOTE: See Figure 9.8.25B for corresponding inlet diameters (OD), calculated according to D = (0.409Q/V)0.5
9.8.4.3
Recommendations
The maximum recommended velocity in the suction piping is 2.4 m/s (8.0 ft/s). Velocities may be increased at the pump suction flange by the use of a gradual reducer. Higher velocities are acceptable providing the piping design delivers a smooth inlet flow to the pump suction as required in Section 9.8.5.6. The velocity in the suction piping should be constant or increasing as the flow approaches the pump. For many common solids-bearing liquids, a velocity of about 1.0 m/s (3.0 ft/s) is required to prevent sedimentation in horizontal piping. A velocity as low as 0.6 m/s (2.0 ft/s) is generally sufficient for organic solids. There shall be no flow disturbing fittings (such as partially open valves, tees, short radius elbows, etc.) closer than five suction pipe diameters from the pump. Fully open, non-flow disturbing valves, vaned elbows, long radius elbows and reducers are not considered flow disturbing fittings (refer to Figures 9.8.19 and 9.8.20).

Flow Disturbing Fitting Short Radius Elbow
9.8.4.3.1 Suction headers A suction header, also called a suction manifold, is required when two or more pumps are fed from one common suction intake. Take-offs directly opposite each other are not allowed. The maximum velocity allowed in the suction header is 2.4 m/s (8.0 ft/s). If the ratio of the take-off diameter to the header diameter is equal to or greater than 0.3, then the minimum spacing between take-offs is 2 header diameters. If that same ratio is less than 0.3, the minimum spacing between take-offs is 3 take-off diameters. See Figure 9.8.22. 9.8.4.3.2 Submergence For submergence of the suction header intake bell, see Section 9.8.7 and Figure 9.8.18 for calculation methods and datum references for S and D.
5D Min
5D Min
5D Min Long Radius Elbow
5D Min Long Radius Elbow
Figure 9.8.19 Recommended suction piping near pump, all pump types (D = pipe diameter)
The suction pipe size is usually a larger diameter than the suction fitting on the pump. In such cases, a concentric or eccentric reducer is fitted to accommodate the difference in pipe size. For horizontal suction piping, the flat side of an eccentric reducer shall be located on the top. For vertical piping without bends near the pump, a concentric reducer is recommended.
9.8.5 Model tests of intake structures

9.8.5.1 Need for model study
A properly conducted physical model study is a reliable method to identify unacceptable flow patterns at the pump suction for given sump or piping designs and to derive acceptable intake sump or piping designs. Considering the cost for a model study, an evaluation
Figure 9.8.20 Examples of suction pipe fittings near pump that require approval of the pump manufacturer
Figure 9.8.21 Recommended suction piping for double suction pumps with the elbow in the same plane as the impeller shaft 22 Copyright 2000 By Hydraulic Institute, All Rights Reserved.
HI Pump Intake Design 1998 is needed to determine if a model study is required. A physical hydraulic model study shall be conducted for pump intakes with one or more of the following features: Sump or piping geometry (bay width, bell clearances, side wall angles, bottom slopes, distance from obstructions, the bell diameter or piping changes, etc.) that deviates from this design standard. Non-uniform or non-symmetric approach flow to the pump sump exists (e.g., intake from a significant cross-flow, use of dual flow or drum screens, or a short radius pipe bend near the pump suction, etc.). The pumps have flows greater than 2520 l/s (40,000 gpm) per pump or the total station flow with all pumps running would be greater than 6310 l/s (100,000 gpm). The pumps of an open bottom barrel or riser arrangement have flows greater than 315 l/s (5000 gpm) per pump (see Section 9.8.2.6). Proper pump operation is critical and pump repair, remediation of a poor design, and the impacts of inadequate performance or pump failure all together would cost more than ten times the cost of a model study. may be considered, such as by comparing the proposed intake design to other intakes of essentially identical design and approach flow which operate successfully. The model study shall be conducted by a hydraulic laboratory using personnel that have experience in modeling pump intakes. 9.8.5.2 Model objectives
Adverse hydraulic conditions that can affect pump performance include: free and sub-surface vortices, swirl approaching the pump impeller, flow separation at the pump bell, and a non-uniform axial velocity distribution at the suction. Free-surface vortices are detrimental when their core is strong enough to cause a (localized) low pressure at the impeller and because a vortex core implies a rotating rather than a radial flow pattern. Sub-surface vortices also have low core pressures and are closer to the impeller. Strong vortex cores may induce fluctuating forces on the impeller and cavitation. Sub-surface vortices with a dry-pit suction inlet are not of concern if the vortex core and the associated swirling flow dissipate well before reaching the pump suction flange. Pre-swirl in the flow entering the pump exists if a tangential component of velocity is present in addition to the axial component. Swirl alters the inlet velocity vector at the impeller vanes, resulting in undesired changes in pump performance characteristics, including potential vibration.
When evaluating the indirect impacts of inadequate performance or pump failures, the probability of failure
L1 PUMP FLANGE
L1
L1
PUMP FLANGE
L2 FLOW DISTURBING FITTING (IF USED) D2 D2 L2
D1
D2
D2/D1 > 0.3 < 0.3
L1 > 2D1 > 3D2
L2 > 5D2 > 5D2

D2
Figure 9.8.22 Suction header design options 23 Copyright 2000 By Hydraulic Institute, All Rights Reserved.
HI Pump Intake Design 1998 A reasonably uniform axial velocity distribution in the suction flow (approaching the impeller) is assumed in the pump design, and non-uniformity of the axial velocity may cause uneven loading of the impeller and bearings. A properly conducted physical model study can be used to derive remedial measures, if necessary, to alleviate these undesirable flow conditions due to the approach upstream from the pump impeller. The typical hydraulic model study is not intended to investigate flow patterns induced by the pump itself or the flow patterns within the pump. The objective of a model study is to ensure that the final sump or piping design generates favorable flow conditions at the inlet to the pump. 9.8.5.3 Model similitude and scale selection flow pattern in the vicinity of the intake. Also, the model shall be large enough to allow visual observations of flow patterns, accurate measurements of swirl and velocity distribution, and sufficient dimensional control. Realizing that larger models, though more accurate and reliable, are more expensive, a balancing of these factors is used in selecting a model scale. However, the scale selection based on vortex similitude considerations, discussed below, is a requirement to avoid scale effects and unreliable test results. Fluid motions involving vortex formation have been studied by several investigators (Anwar, H.O. et al., 1978; Hecker, G.E., 1981; Padmanabhan, M. and Hecker, G.E., 1984; Knauss, J., 1987). It can be shown by the principles of dimensional analysis that such flow conditions at an intake are governed by the following dimensionless parameters: uD/ , u/(gD)0.5, D/S, uD/, and u 2D/(/) Where: u = = Where: D = u = average axial velocity (such as in the suction bell) gravitational acceleration a characteristic length (usually bell diameter or submergence) S = = g = = The choice of parameter used for velocity and length is not critical, but the same parameter must be used in the model and prototype when determining the Froude number. For similarity of flow patterns, the Froude number shall be equal in model and prototype: Fr = Fm / Fp = 1 (9.8.5-2) = diameter (of the bell entrance) submergence (at the bell entrance) kinematic viscosity of the liquid acceleration due to gravity surface tension of liquid/air interface liquid density average axial velocity (e.g., at the bell entrance) circulation of the flow
Models involving a free surface are operated using Froude similarity since the flow process is controlled by gravity and inertial forces. The Froude number, representing the ratio of inertial to gravitational forces, can be defined for pump intakes as: F = u/(gL)0.5 (9.8.5-1)
g = L =
where m, p, and r denote model, prototype, and the ratio between model and prototype parameters, respectively. In modeling a pump intake to study the potential formation of vortices, it is important to select a reasonably large geometric scale to minimize viscous and surface tension scale effects, and to reproduce the 24
The influence of viscous effects is defined by the parameter uD/ = R, the Reynolds number, and surface tension effects are indicated by u2D/(/) = We, the Weber number. Based on the available literature, the influence of viscous forces and surface tension on vortexing may be negligible if the values of R and We in the model fall above 3 104 and 120, respectively, (Daggett, L., and Keulegan, G.H., 1974; Jain, A.K. et al., 1978). With negligible viscous and surface tension effects, dynamic similarity is obtained by equating the parameters uD/, u/(gD)0.5, and D/S in the model and prototype. An undistorted geometrically scaled Froude model satisfies this condition, provided the approach
HI Pump Intake Design 1998 flow pattern in the vicinity of the sump, which governs the circulation, , is properly simulated. Based on the above similitude considerations and including a safety factor of 2 to ensure minimum scale effects, the model geometric scale shall be chosen so that the model bell entrance Reynolds number and Weber number are above 6 104 and 240, respectively, for the test conditions based on Froude similitude. No specific geometric scale ratio is recommended, but the resulting dimensionless numbers must meet these minimum values. For practicality in observing flow patterns and obtaining accurate measurements, the model scale shall yield a bay width of at least 300 mm (12 inches), a minimum liquid depth of at least 150 mm (6 inches), and a pump throat or suction diameter of at least 80 mm (3 inches) in the model. In a model of geometric scale Lr, with the model operated based on Froude scaling, the velocity, flow, and time scales are, respectively: Vr = Vm / Vp = Lr0.5 Qr = Qm / Qp = Lr2 Vr = Lr2.5 Tr = Tm / Tp = Lr / Vr = Lr 0.5 (9.8.5-3) (9.8.5-4) (9.8.5-5) 9.8.5.4 Model scope
Selection of the model boundary is extremely important for proper simulation of flow patterns at the pump. As the approach flow non-uniformities contribute significantly to the circulation causing pre-swirl and vortices, a sufficient area of the approach geometry or length of piping has to be modeled, including any channel or piping transitions, bends, bottom slope changes, control gates, expansions and any significant cross-flow past the intake. All pertinent sump structures or piping features affecting the flow, such as screens and blockage due to their structural features, trash racks, dividing walls, columns, curtain walls, flow distributors, and piping transitions must be modeled. Special care should be taken in modeling screens; the screen head loss coefficient in the model shall be the same as in the prototype. The head loss coefficient is a function of the screen Reynolds number, the percent open area, and the screen (wire) geometry. Scaling of the prototype screen wire diameter and mesh size to the selected model geometric scale may be impractical and improper due to the resulting low model Reynolds number. In some cases, a model could use the same screen as the prototype to allow equal loss coefficients. Scaling of trash racks bars may also be impractical and lead to insufficient model bar Reynolds number. Fewer bars producing the same total blockage and the same flow guidance effect (bar to space aspect ratio) may be more appropriate. The inside geometry of the bell up to the bell throat (section of maximum velocity) shall be scaled, including any hub located between the bell entrance and the throat. The bell should be modeled of clear plastic or smooth fiberglass, the former being preferred for flow visualization. The outside shape of the bell may be approximated except in the case of multi-stage pumps, in which case the external shape may affect flow patterns approaching the inlet bell. The impeller is not included in hydraulic models, as the objective is to evaluate the effect of the intake design on flow patterns approaching the impeller. A straight pipe equal to the throat diameter or pump suction diameter shall extend at least five diameters downstream from the throat or pump suction. For free surface intakes, the model shall provide up to 1.5 times the Froude scaled maximum flow per pump to evaluate potential scale effects on free surface vortices, as discussed above, and be deep enough to cover the range of scaled submergence.
Even though no scale effect of any significance is probable in models with geometric scales selected as described above, as a conservative procedure conforming to common practice, a few tests for the final design of a free surface intake shall be conducted at 1.5 times the Froude scaled flows, keeping the submergence at the geometrically scaled values. By this procedure, the circulation contributing to vortices would presumably be increased, resulting in a conservative prediction of (stronger) vortices. Tests at prototype velocities are not recommended, as this will distort approach flow patterns and unduly exaggerate flow disturbances (e.g., vortices) in the model. Models of closed conduit piping systems leading to a pump suction are not operated based on Froude similitude, but need to have a sufficiently high pipe Reynolds number, R = uDP/, such that flow patterns are correctly scaled. Based on available data on the variation of loss coefficients and swirl with Reynolds number, a minimum value of 1 105 is recommended for the Reynolds number at the pump suction.
HI Pump Intake Design 1998 9.8.5.5 Instrumentation and measuring techniques Free Surface Vortices: To evaluate the strength of vortices at pump intakes systematically, the vortex strength scale varying from a surface swirl or dimple to an air core vortex, shown in Figure 9.8.23A, shall be used. Vortex types are identified in the model by visual observations with the help of dye and artificial debris, and identification of a coherent dye core to the pump bell or pump suction flange is important. Vortices are usually unsteady in strength and intermittent in occurrence. Hence, an indication of the persistence of varying vortex strengths (types) shall be obtained through observations made at short intervals in the model (e.g., every 15 seconds) for at least 10 minutes, so that a vortex type versus frequency evaluation can be made and accurate average and maximum vortex types may be determined. Such detailed vortex observations are needed only if coherent dye core (or stronger) vortices exist for any test. Photographic or video documentation of vortices is recommended.
Vortex Type 2 Surface dimple coherent swirl
Unless agreed upon circumstances indicate otherwise, the following measurements shall be made. The extent of the measurements is summarized in Section 9.8.5.7, Test Plan, below. Flow: The outflow from each simulated pump shall be measured with flow meters. If an orifice or venturi meter conforming to ASME standards is used, the meter need not be calibrated. The accuracy of the flow measurement shall be within 2% of the actual flow rate. Liquid Level: Liquid surface elevations shall be measured using any type of liquid level indicator accurate to at least 3 mm (0.01 ft) in the model.
Vortex Type 1
Surface swirl
Dye core to intake: coherent swirl throughout water column
Vortex pulling floating trash but not air Trash
Vortex pulling air bubbles to intake
Full air core to intake
A. FREE SURFACE VORTICES
1 Swirl
2 Dye core B. SUB-SURFACE VORTICES
3 Air core or bubbles
Figure 9.8.23 Classification of free surface and sub-surface vortices 26 Copyright 2000 By Hydraulic Institute, All Rights Reserved.
HI Pump Intake Design 1998 Sub-surface Vortices: Sub-surface vortices usually terminate at the sump floor and walls, and may be visible only when dye is injected near the vortex core. The classification of sub-surface vortices, given in Figure 9.8.23B shall be used. The possible existence of subsurface vortices must be explored by dye injection at all locations on the wall and floor around the suction bell where a vortex may form, and documentation of persistence shall be made, as for free surface vortices. Pre-Swirl: Visual observations of the orientation of eight or more equally spaced yarns mounted to form a circle equal to the (outer) bell diameter and originating about one half the bell floor clearance are useful (but not required) to evaluate qualitatively any pre-swirl at the bell entrance. The yarns shall be one half the bellto-floor clearance in length. Swirl in the Suction Pipe: The intensity of flow rotation shall be measured using a swirl meter, see Figure 9.8.24, located about four suction pipe diameters downstream from the bell or pump suction. The swirl meter shall consist of a straight vaned propeller with four vanes mounted on a shaft with low friction bearings. The tip to tip vane diameter is 75% of the pipe diameter and the vane length (in the flow direction) is equal to 0.6 pipe diameters. The revolutions per unit time of the swirl meter are used to calculate a swirl angle, , which is indicative of the intensity of flow rotation. = tan-1(dn/u) Where: u = d = n = average axial velocity at the swirl meter diameter of the pipe at the swirl meter revolutions/second of the swirl meter (9.8.5-6)
Flow swirl is generally unsteady, both in direction of rotation and speed of rotation. Therefore, swirl meter readings shall be obtained continuously; for example, readings during consecutive intervals of 10 to 30 seconds, covering a period of at least 10 minutes in the model. Swirl meter rotation direction shall also be noted for each short duration. The maximum short duration swirl angle and an average swirl angle shall be calculated from the swirl meter rotations (see Acceptance Criteria below). Swirl at a dry-pit suction inlet is not of concern if the swirl dissipates before reaching the pump suction flange. Velocity Profiles: Cross-sectional velocity profiles of the approach flow may be obtained using a propeller meter or other suitable device at a sufficient number of measuring points to define any practical skewness in the approach flow. The cross section location shall be selected to be representative of the approaching flow prior to being influenced by the pump, such as at a distance of two intake widths upstream from the pump centerline. Such measurements are in themselves not critical or required, but allow a better understanding of how the approach flow may be contributing to other flow irregularities and what type of remedial devices may be effective. Velocity traverses along at least two perpendicular axes at the throat of the model suction bell or at the plane of the pump suction in a piping system shall be obtained for the final design using a pitot-static tube or other suitable instrument capable of determining the axial velocity component with a repeatability of 2% or better. To allow velocity fluctuations to be properly measured and recorded versus time, care should be taken that no unnecessary physical or electronic damping is introduced. The angularity of the actual velocity vector relative to the axis of the pump or suction piping shall be observed at three or more locations with dye or strings to ensure that there are no large deviations from axial flow.
0.6d
SWIRL METER (with lowfriction bearings)
0.75d
4d (approx)
VELOCITY TRAVERSE FLOW D
Figure 9.8.24 Typical swirl meter 27 Copyright 2000 By Hydraulic Institute, All Rights Reserved.
HI Pump Intake Design 1998 9.8.5.6 Acceptance criteria photographic documentation of typical tests showing vortexing or other flow problems shall be made. The initial design shall be tested first to identify any hydraulic problems. If any objectionable flow problems are indicated, modifications to the intake or piping shall be made to obtain satisfactory hydraulic performance. Modifications may be derived using one or two selected test conditions indicating the most objectionable performance. Practical aspects of installing the modifications should be considered. The performance of the final modified design shall be documented for all operating conditions. If any of the tests show unfavorable flow conditions, further revisions to the remedial devices shall be made. For intakes with a free surface, most tests shall be at Froude scaled flows; however, a few selected tests for the final design shall be repeated at 1.5 times the Froude scaled flows to compensate for any possible scale effects on free-surface vortices. No velocity measurements shall be conducted at higher than Froude-scaled flows. It is recommended that representative tests of the final design be witnessed by the user, the pump manufacturer, and the station designer. 9.8.5.8 Report preparation
The acceptance criteria for the model test of the final design shall be the following: Free surface and sub-surface vortices entering the pump must be less severe than vortices with coherent (dye) cores (free surface vortices of Type 3 and sub-surface vortices of Type 2 in Figure 9.8.23). Dye core vortices may be acceptable only if they occur for less than 10% of the time or only for infrequent pump operating conditions. Swirl angles, both the short-term (10 to 30 second model) maximum and the long-term (10 minute model) average indicated by the swirl meter rotation, must be less than 5 degrees. Maximum short-term (10 to 30 second model) swirl angles up to 7 degrees may be acceptable, only if they occur less than 10% of the time or for infrequent pump operating conditions. The swirl meter rotation should be reasonably steady, with no abrupt changes in direction when rotating near the maximum allowable rate (angle). Time-averaged velocities at points in the throat of the bell or at the pump suction in a piping system shall be within 10% of the cross-sectional area average velocity. Time-varying fluctuations at a point shall produce a standard deviation from the time-averaged signal of less than 10%. For the special case of pumps with double suction impellers, the distribution of flow at the pump suction flange shall provide equal flows to each side of the pump within 3% of the total pump flow. Test plan
9.8.5.7
The final report of the model study shall include: intake or piping design, model description, scaling and similitude criteria, instrumentation, test procedure, results (data tabulated and plotted), recommended modifications and conclusions. The report shall contain photographs of the model showing the initial and final designs, drawings of any recommended modifications, and photographs of relevant flow conditions identified with dye or other tracers. A brief video tape of typical flow problems observed during the tests is recommended.
Operating conditions to be tested shall include the minimum, intermediate and maximum liquid levels and flows. If there are multiple pumps, all possible combinations of operating conditions should be included. Even though vortices are probably most severe at maximum flows and minimum submergence, there are instances where stronger vortices may occur at higher liquid levels and lower flows, perhaps due to less turbulence. Vortex observations and swirl measurements shall be made for all tests. Axial velocity measurements at the bell throat or suction inlet for each pump in the model are recommended at least for the one test indicating the maximum swirl angle for the final design. Still-
9.8.6 Inlet bell design diameter (D)

Designing a sump to achieve favorable inflow to the pump or suction pipe bell requires control of various sump dimensions relative to the size of the bell. For example, the clearance from the bell to the sump floor and side walls and the distance to various upstream intake features is controlled in these standards by expressing such distances in multiples of the pump or inlet bell diameter. Such standardization of conditions leading to, and around, the inlet bell reduces the probability that strong submerged vortices or excessive pre-swirl will occur. Also, the required minimum submergence to prevent strong free-surface vortices is related to the inlet bell (or pipe) diameter (see Section 9.8.7).
HI Pump Intake Design 1998 If the pump or pipe suction inlet diameter D has been selected prior to designing the sump, then the sump design process (see Table 9.8.2) can proceed without using the information provided in this section. However, only the use of inlet sizes within the guidelines provided in this section will produce sump dimensions that comply with these standards. Use of bell or inlet diameters outside the range recommended herein will also comply with these standards if a hydraulic study is conducted in accordance with Section 9.8.5 to confirm acceptable inflow conditions as required by Section 9.8.5.6. If the pump (or pipe suction inlet) has not been selected, it is recommended that the inlet bell diameter be chosen based on achieving the bell inlet velocity that experience indicates provides acceptable inflow conditions to the pump. The bell inlet velocity is defined as the flow through the bell (i.e., the pump flow) divided by the area of the bell, using the outside diameter of the bell. Information on acceptable average bell inlet diameter velocities is provided in Figure 9.8.25, based on a survey of inlet bell diameters used by pump vendors and industry experience. The solid line represents the average pump bell diameter from the survey, corresponding to a bell inlet velocity of 1.7 m/s (5.5 ft/s). Using industry experience and about one standard deviation of the range of inlet bell sizes which may be provided by pump vendors for a given flow indicates that the recommended inlet bell velocity, V, may vary as follows: a) for flows less than 315 l/s (5000 gpm), the inlet bell (or inlet pipe) velocity shall be 0.6 to 2.7 m/s (2.0 to 9.0 ft/s) b) for flows equal to or greater than 315 l/s (5000 gpm), but less than 1260 l/s (20,000 gpm), the velocity shall be 0.9 to 2.4 m/s (3.0 to 8.0 ft/s) c) for flows equal to or greater than 1260 l/s (20,000 gpm), the velocity shall be 1.2 to 2.1 m/s (4.0 to 7.0 ft/s). These permissible ranges in inlet bell velocity are given in Table 9.8.3 and are also shown on Figure 9.8.25 in terms of the recommended bell diameter range for a given flow per pump or inlet. Although the survey indicated that pumps with bells outside this range may be proposed, experience indicates that inlet bell (or inlet pipe) velocities higher than the recommended range are likely to cause hydraulic problems. Use of lower velocities would produce unnecessarily large pump bells (or inlet pipes) and, therefore, sumps. For sump design prior to pump selection, the recommended inlet bell diameter shown on Figure 9.8.25 shall be used. This recommended bell diameter is based on an inlet velocity of 1.7 m/s (5.5 ft/s). This process will allow the sump design to proceed. When the pump is specified and selected, the outside diameter of its bell (without added horizontal rings or umbrellas, sometimes used as vortex suppressor) shall fall within the acceptable range to produce an inlet velocity within the limits indicated in Table 9.8.3. An inlet bell diameter within this range will produce a sump geometry that complies with these standards on minimum submergence and sump dimensions, without changing the sump design based on the recommended inlet bell diameter.
9.8.7 Required submergence for minimizing surface vortices

9.8.7.1 Introduction
This section concerns the recommended minimum submergence of a pump bell or pipe intake to reduce the probability that strong free-surface air core vortices will occur. Submerged vortices are not believed to be related to submergence and are not considered in this section. If a submergence greater than recommended herein is needed to provide the required NPSH for the pump, that greater submergence would govern and must be used. Approach-flow skewness and the resulting circulation have a controlling influence on free-surface vortices in spite of adequate submergence. Due to the inability to predict and quantify approach flow characteristics for each particular case without resorting to hydraulic model studies, and the lack of available correlation between such characteristics and vortex strength, the recommended minimum submergence given herein is for a reasonably uniform approach flow to the pump suction bell or pipe inlet. Highly non-uniform (skewed) approach flows will require the application of vortex suppression devices (not part of this standard) such as those offered for information in Appendix A. Such devices can be more practical in suppressing vortices than increased submergence. Even for constant flows, vortices are not steady in position or strength, usually forming and dissipating sporadically. This is due to the random nature by which eddies merge to form coherent circulation around a filament and by which turbulence becomes sufficient in intensity to disrupt the flow pattern. For these reasons, the strength of vortices versus time shall be observed to obtain an average and a maximum vortex type for
HI Pump Intake Design 1998 given conditions, and this process is enhanced by defining a measure of vortex strength, as illustrated in Figure 9.8.23. 9.8.7.2 Controlling parameters VT = (FD, N , S/D, G) Where: VT = = FD = vortex type (strength and persistence) a function Froude No. = V/(gD)0.5
By use of dimensional analysis, it may be shown that a given vortex type, VT, is a function of various dimensionless parameters.
4.5 4.0 3.5 D = Bell Design Dia., meters V = 1.2 m/s 3.0 2.5 V = 2.1 m/s 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0 2,000 4,000 6,000 8,000 10,000 12,000 14,000 16,000 18,000 20,000 Q = Flow, liters/sec V = 1.7 m/s Recommended
1.4 1.2 V = 0.9 m/s D = Bell Design Dia., meters 1.0 0.8 0.6 0.4 0.2 0.0 0 200 400 600 Q = Flow, liters/sec
V = Average bell velocity, m/s Q = flow, l/s D = Outside Bell Diameter, m = [Q/(785V)]0.5
V = 1.7 m/s Recommended V = 0.6 m/s V = 2.4 m/s
V = 2.7 m/s
800
1,000
1,200
1,400
Figure 9.8.25A Recommended inlet bell design diameter (OD) 30 Copyright 2000 By Hydraulic Institute, All Rights Reserved.
HI Pump Intake Design 1998 N = S = D = G = Circulation No., D/Q, of approach flow Submergence Diameter of inlet or bell Geometry V = g = Q =
180 160
D = Bell Design Dia., inches
Circulation (2rVt for concentric flow about a point with a tangential velocity Vt at radius r) Velocity at inlet (= 4Q/D 2) Gravitation acceleration Flow
140 120 100 80

V = 7.0 ft/s
V = 5.5 ft/s Recommended V = 4.0 ft/s
60 40 20 0 50,000 100,000 150,000 Q = Flow, gpm 60 200,000 250,000 300,000
50
D = Bell Design Dia., inches
40
V = 2.0 ft/s
V = 3.0 ft/s
V = 5.5 ft/s Recommended
30 20
V = 8.0 ft/s
10
V = 9.0 ft/s
0 0 2,000 4,000 6,000 8,000 10,000 12,000 Q = Flow, gpm 14,000 16,000 18,000 20,000
V = Average bell velocity, ft/s
Q = flow, gpm D = Outside Bell Diameter, inches = (0.409Q/V)0.5
Figure 9.8.25B Recommended inlet bell design diameter (OD) (US units)
HI Pump Intake Design 1998 For a given geometry and approach flow pattern, the vortex strength would only vary with the remaining parameters, that is VT = (FD, S/D) 9.8.7.3 This formula indicates that a plot of S/D vs. FD would contain a family of curves, each representing different values of vortex strength, VT (refer to Figure 9.8.23A). Selection of one vortex strength of concern, such as a vortex without air entrainment, would yield a unique relationship between S/D and FD which corresponds to that vortex, all for a given geometry and approach flow pattern (circulation). For typical intake geometry and relatively uniform approach flow (i.e., low values of the circulation parameter), data and experience suggests that the following recommended relationship between submergence and the Froude number corresponds to an acceptable vortex strength (Hecker, G.E.,1987). S/D = 1.0 + 2.3FD Where: S = Submergence above a horizontally oriented inlet plane (vertical inlet pipe) or above the centerline of a vertically oriented inlet plane (horizontal inlet pipe) Diameter of inlet opening (equivalent diameter for non-circular openings, giving the same area as a circular opening) Froude No. = V/(gD)0.5 (9.8.7-1) US units: S = 1.0D + 2.3[(12 0.409Q/D2)/(12gD)0.5]D or S = D + 0.574Q/D1.5 Application considerations For a given flow, Q, an inlet diameter may be selected in accordance with Section 9.8.6. The recommended minimum submergence for that diameter D would be given by Metric: S = or S = D + Q/D1.5/1069 1.0D + 2.3[Q/(0.785D2)/(gD)0.5]D range of inlet bell diameters (and velocities) at a given flow recommended in Section 9.8.6 allows some variation in the Froude number. Thus, Equation 9.8.7-1 is recommended, rather than a fixed relative submergence.
NOTE: S is in meters for g = 9.8 m/sec2, Q in l/s, and D in meters.
D =
NOTE: S is in inches for g = 32.2 ft/sec2, Q in gpm, and D in inches. The above illustrates that the actual submergence depends on the selection of D for a given flow. As D increases, the first term causes an increase in submergence, whereas the second term causes a decrease. These opposing trends imply a minimum value of S at some D for a given flow, and differentiating S with respect to D, allows determining that value. However, for the range of recommended bell diameters in Section 9.8.6, the change of S with D for a given flow is minimal, and D for pump bells should be selected based on other considerations. For the inlet bell design diameter recommended in Section 9.8.6, the required minimum submergence for reducing the severity of free-surface vortices is shown on Figure 9.8.26. This figure also shows the recommended minimum submergence for the limits of the bell diameter that comply with these standards, see Figure 9.8.25 and Table 9.8.3. Due to the small change in submergence, no change in submergence from that calculated with the recommended bell
FD = V =
Velocity at inlet face = Flow/Area
This equation indicates that one diameter of submergence must be provided, even at negligible inlet flows or velocities, and that the relative submergence, S/D, increases from that value as the inlet velocity increases. This is reasonable, since the inlet velocity (flow) provides the energy to cause a potentially greater vortex strength if the relative submergence were not increased. The relative submergence would only be constant if the Froude number for various inlets were constant. Information collected by the Hydraulic Institute (not included herein) shows that the average inlet Froude number for bells of typical pump applications is not constant, and that a range of Froude numbers would be possible at a given design flow. Even the restricted
6.5
5.5 S = Bell Submergence, meters Bell D for 1.7 m/s Recommended
4.5
Bell D for 2.1 m/s
3.5 Bell D for 1.2 m/s 2.5
1.5 0 2,000 4,000 6,000 8,000 10,000 12,000 Q = Flow, liters/sec 14,000 16,000 18,000 20,000
2.5 Bell D for 2.4 m/s S = Bell Submergence, meters 2.0 Bell D for 0.9 m/s 1.5 Bell D for 2.7 m/s Bell D for 1.7 m/s Recommended Bell D for 0.6 m/s 0.5
1.0
0.0 0 200 400 600 800 Q = Flow, liters/sec 1,000 1,200 1,400
Figure 9.8.26A Recommended minimum submergence to minimize free surface vortices
250
S = Bell Submergence, inches
200 Bell D for 7.0 ft/s Bell D for 5.5 ft/s Recommended
150
100 Bell D for 4.0 ft/s 50 0 50,000 100,000 150,000 Q = Flow, gpm 100 Bell D for 8.0 ft/s 80 200,000 250,000 300,000
S = Bell Submergence, inches
Bell D for 9.0 ft/s 60 Bell D for 5.5 ft/s Recommended 40 Bell D for 2.0 ft/s 20
Bell D for 3.0 ft/s
0 0 2,000 4,000 6,000 8,000 10,000 12,000 Q = Flow, gpm 14,000 16,000 18,000 20,000
Figure 9.8.26B Recommended minimum submergence to minimize free surface vortices (US units)
HI Pump Intake Design 1998 diameter is needed, as long as the final selected bell diameter is within the limits that comply with these standards. Terms Active storage Air Core Vortex Anti-Rotation Baffle Approach Channel Approach pipe Axial Flow (propeller) Pump Backwall Backwall Clearance Backwall Splitter Baffles Barrel Suction Bay Bell Benching
9.8.8 Glossary and nomenclature

9.8.8.1 Glossary
Definition Liquid stored between low and high liquid levels in the wet well and in upstream piping. A vortex strong enough to form an elongated core of air (see type 6, Figure 9.8.23. Device used to inhibit the rotation of fluid at or near the suction. A structure that directs the flow to the pump. A pipe laid at a gradient sufficient to cause super-critical flow and used to contain a portion of the active storage requirement for a constant speed pump. High flow rate/low head, high specific speed pump. A vertical surface behind the inlet to a suction fitting. The distance between the backwall and the point of closest approach of the suction fitting. A device formed or fabricated and attached to the backwall that guides the movement of flow at or near a suction. Obstructions that are arranged to provide a more uniform flow at the approach to a pump or suction inlet. Inlet formed by a can encompassing and providing for the suction of a pump. A portion of an intake structure configured for the installation of one pump. The entrance to an axial flow pump or the flared opening leading to pump inlet piping. A type of fillet used to minimize stagnant zones by creating a sloping transition between vertical and horizontal surfaces. Benching is applied between sump walls and the sump bottom, or between the back wall and the sump bottom. It is also referred to as fillets, such as side wall fillets and back wall fillets. Formation and implosion of liquid vapor bubbles caused by low local pressures. A structure intended to confine the liquid approaching the intake to a pump (see Bay). Piping component used to prevent reverse flow. A suction chamber circular in shape in plan. See Floor Cone. The liquid depth which has the minimum specific energy for a given flow, corresponding to a Froude Number equal to one (1) . A near vertical plate or wall located in an intake that extends below the normal low liquid level to suppress vortices. An impeller provided with a single suction connection that separates and conveys the fluid to two suction areas. Suction from a well that conveys fluid to a pump located in a non-wetted environment. Screening that provides two flow paths for liquid, not in-line with the main flow. A local rotational flow pattern disturbing regular streamlines (a vortex). A pump that has a suction flange coaxial to the impeller shaft and the pump volute is usually not submerged in the sump. A triangular element at the vertex of two surfaces to guide the flow. The distance between the floor and the suction bell or opening. A conical fixture placed below the suction between the floor and the suction bell.
Cavitation Cell Check Valve Circular Well Cone Critical Depth Curtain Wall Double Suction Impeller Dry-Pit Suction Dual Flow Screens Eddy End Suction Pump Fillet Floor Clearance Floor Cone
HI Pump Intake Design 1998 Terms Floor Vane Flow Straighter Foot Valve Forebay Formed Suction Intake Free Surface Flow Froude Number Definition A vertical plate aligned with the approach flow and centered under the suction bell. Any device installed to provide more uniform flow. Any device located in the suction of a pump that is designed to keep the line flooded/ primed. The region of an intake before individual partitioning of flow into individual suctions or intake bays. A shaped suction inlet that directs the flow in a particular pattern into the pump suction. Open channel or unconfined flow. A dimensionless grouping of parameters used in flow analysis and modeling that indicates the relative influence of inertial compared to gravitational forces (see Equation 9.8.5-1). Devices used in the suction approach that directs the flow in an optimal manner. A turbulent sudden increase in liquid depth as the flow decelerates from super-critical to sub-critical flow. See Floor Cone. The structure or piping system used to conduct fluid to the pump suction. The average or bulk velocity of the flow in an intake. A mechanical device that produces an axial propeller jet, often used for maintaining suspension of solids-bearing liquids in wet wells and tanks. Nozzles attached to the pump volute or the discharge pipe designed to mix solids in a wet well. Pump installations where sets of pumps are used, such as duplex (two) or triplex (three). The amount of suction head, over vapor pressure, required to prevent more than a 3% loss in total head from the first stage impeller at a specific flow rate. The gradual change in shape/slope in the floor of an intake, shaped like an elongated letter S. Plate device with specifically sized openings, either vertical or horizontal, applied to produce uniform approach velocity. A reduced-scale replicate of the geometry that controls approach flow patterns operated according to certain similitude laws for flow, velocity and time. Any change in pipe size, or line area, that results in either an increase or decrease in velocity. Rotation of the flow at the pump suction due to the approach flow patterns. A device used to convey fluid from a low-energy level to a higher one. Part of the pump assembly that both connects the pump to the discharge head and nozzle and conveys fluid into the system. A part of the pump that provides an opening to convey flow into the suction eye of the impeller. Any wet well in which pumps are arranged along a wall opposite the influent conduit. The shape may be square, rectangular or trapezoidal. A dimensionless grouping of parameters used in flow analysis and modeling that indicates the relative influence of inertial compared to viscous forces (see Section 9.8.5.3).
Guide Vanes Hydraulic Jump Hydrocone Intake Intake Velocity Mixer Mixing Nozzles Multiplex Pumping NPSHR Ogee Ramp or Spillway Perforated Baffles Physical Hydraulic Model Piping Reducer Pre-swirl Pump Pump Column Pump Suction Bell Rectangular Wet Well Reynolds Number
HI Pump Intake Design 1998 Terms Scale Scale Effect Sediment Septicity Snoring Definition The ratio between geometric characteristics of the model and prototype. The impact of reduced scale on the applicability of test results to a full-scale prototype. Settleable materials suspended in the flow. A condition in which stagnant domestic sewage turns septic due to a lack of oxygen. The condition that occurs when a pump is allowed to draw down the liquid level very close to the pumps inlet. Snoring refers to the gurgling sound associated with continuous air entrainment. Material suspended in the liquid. Pressure head plus velocity head referenced to the invert of a conduit. Equivalent to a dimensionless number, a high value denotes a high-flow low-head pump while a low value denotes a low-flow high-head pump. Inside top of a pipe. The depth of liquid following a hydraulic jump. The height of liquid level over the suction bell or pipe inlet. A close coupled pump and drive unit designed for operation while immersed in the pumped liquid. Overall OD of the suction connection at the entrance to a suction. Pressure available at the pump suction, usually positive if the liquid level is at a higher elevation than the pump suction. Negative pressure at the pump suction, usually a result of the liquid level being at a lower elevation than the pump suction. A device added to the suction to change the direction of flow. Refer to Formed Suction Intake. A device located at the inlet to either protect the pump or provide flow stability at the suction. A pump intake basin or wet well. See Forebay. Rotation of fluid around its mean, axial flow direction. The angle formed by the axial and tangential (circumferential) components of a velocity vector (see Equation 9.8.5-7). A device with four flat vanes of zero pitch used to determine the extent of rotation in otherwise axial flow. An intake design that aligns the pump suctions in-line with, but below, the inflow. A type of forebay. Devices applied to the suction to alter the direction of flow. Suction in a free flow field with no lateral physical boundaries. A multiple pump intake with partitioned pump bays. See Floor Vane. The pump casing for a centrifugal type of pump, generally spiral or circular in shape. A well-defined swirling flow core from either the free surface or from a solid boundary to the pump inlet (see Figure 9.8.23). A vortex that terminates at the free surface of a flow field. A vortex that terminates on the floor or side walls of an intake. Dimensional distance between the suction and the nearest vertical surface. 37 Copyright 2000 By Hydraulic Institute, All Rights Reserved.
Solids Specific Energy Specific Speed Soffit Sequent Depth Submergence Submersible Pump Suction Bell Diameter Suction Head Suction Lift Suction Scoop Suction Strainer Sump Swirl Swirl Angle Swirl Meter Trench Intake Turning Vanes Unconfined Suction/ Intake Unitized Intake Vane Volute Vortex Vortex, Free Surface Vortex, Subsurface Wall Clearance
HI Pump Intake Design 1998 Terms Wastewater Weber Number Definition Description of fluid that typically carries suspended waste material from domestic or industrial sources. A dimensionless grouping of parameters used in flow analysis and modeling that indicates the relative influence of inertial compared to surface tension forces (see Section 9.8.5.3). A suction with the pump fully wetted. A pump intake basin or sump having a confined liquid volume with a free water surface designed to hold liquid in temporary storage to even out variations between inflow and outflow. See Forebay.
Wet-Pit Suction Wet Well
9.8.8.2 Sym. A
Nomenclature Definition Distance from the pump inlet centerline to the intake structure entrance Empty area Total area Length of constricted bay section near the pump inlet Distance from the back wall to the pump inlet bell centerline Distance between the inlet bell and floor Inlet bell or volute clearance for circular pump stations Floor clearance on circular pump stations Wall clearance on circular pump stations Inlet bell diameter or inlet bell design diameter Reference Location Fig. 9.8.1, Table 9.8.1 Table C.1, Table C.2 Table C.1, Table C.2 Fig. 9.8.2, Table 9.8.1 Fig. 9.8.1, Table 9.8.1, Fig. 9.8.18 Fig. 9.8.1, Table 9.8.1, Fig. 9.8.18 9.8.2.3.2.1, 9.8.2.3.2.4, Fig. 9.8.4, Fig. 9.8.5 9.8.2.3.2.1, 9.8.2.3.2.2, Fig. 9.8.4, Fig. 9.8.5 9.8.2.3.2.1, 9.8.2.3.2.3, Fig. 9.8.4, Fig. 9.8.5 Foreword, 9.8.2.1.3, 9.8.2.1.4, Eq. 9.8.2.1-1, Eq. 9.8.2.1-2, Fig. 9.8.1, Fig. 9.8.2, Table 9.8.1, Table 9.8.2, 9.8.2.3.2.2, 9.8.2.3.2.3, 9.8.2.4.7, 9.8.2.4.8, 9.8.2.4.9, Fig. 9.8.6, Fig. 9.8.11, 9.8.2.7.2, 9.8.2.7.4, 9.8.3.2.3.1, 9.8.3.2.3.2, Fig. 9.8.13, Fig. 9.8.14, 9.8.3.3.3, Fig. 9.8.17, 9.8.3.4.4.1, Fig. 9.8.18, 9.8.5.3, 9.8.6, Table 9.8.3, Fig. 9.8.25, 9.8.7.2, Eq. 9.8.7-1, Fig. 9.8.26, Fig. A.10, Fig. A.11 9.8.2.2.3 9.8.2.5.4, Fig. 9.8.9, 9.8.2.5.5 9.8.2.6.4, Fig. 9.8.10 Fig. 9.8.19 Fig. 9.8.10 Fig. 9.8.11, Fig. 9.8.12 Fig. 9.8.22 Fig. 9.8.22 9.8.2.3.2.1, 9.8.2.3.2.6, Fig. 9.8.4, Fig. 9.8.5 Fig. 9.8.12
At At
a B C
Cb
Cf
Cw
D
D D D D
Diameter of circle with area equivalent to rectangular area at FSI entrance Tank outlet fitting diameter Turning vane inlet diameter Pipe diameter Vertical can riser diameter Can inside diameter Diameter of suction header Diameter of suction header take-off pipe Inlet bell or volute diameter Well motor cooling shroud diameter
D1 D1 D1 D2 Db DM
HI Pump Intake Design 1998 Sym. Definition Inside diameter of approach pipe Sump diameter Theoretical diameter Diameter at outlet of formed suction intake Diameter of the pipe at the swirl meter Energy grade line Froude number Froude number Reference Location C-2, C-3, Table C.1, Table C.2 9.8.2.3.2.1, 9.8.2.3.2.5, Fig. 9.8.4, Fig. 9.8.5 9.8.2.6.6 Fig. 9.8.3, Type 10 formed suction intake Eq. 9.8.5-7, Fig. 9.8.24 C-3 9.8.5.3, Eq. 9.8.5-1 Foreword, Fig. 9.8.1, Eq. 9.8.2.1-1, Eq. 9.8.2.1-2, Table 9.8.1, 9.8.2.1.4, 9.8.2.2.3, 9.8.2.5.4, 9.8.2.7.4, Fig. 9.8.13, Eq. 9.8.7-1, 9.8.7.2 9.8.5.3, Eq. 9.8.5-2 9.8.5.3, Eq. 9.8.5-2 9.8.5.3, Eq. 9.8.5-2 9.8.7.2 9.8.2.1.4, Eq. 9.8.2.1-1, 9.8.2.5.4, 9.8.5.3, Eq. 9.8.5-1, 9.8.7.2, 9.8.7.3 Fig. 9.8.1, Fig. 9.8.2, Table 9.8.1, Fig. 9.8.18 Fig. 9.8.3, 9.8.2.2.3, Fig. 9.8.7 Fig. 9.8.2, Table 9.8.1 Fig. 9.8.18 9.8.5.3, Eq. 9.8.5-1 Fig. 9.8.22 Fig. 9.8.22 Eq. 9.8.5-3, Eq. 9.8.5-4, Eq. 9.8.5-5 A-6, Fig. A.12 9.8.7.2 Eq. 9.8.5-6 C-2.2, Tables C.1 and C.2 Table 9.8.3 9.8.2.6.6, Table 9.8.3, Fig. 9.8.25, 9.8.7.2, 9.8.7.3, Fig. 9.8.26, B-2, Eq. B-1 Eq. 9.8.5-4 Eq. 9.8.5-4 Eq. 9.8.5-4 B-2, Eq. B-1, Eq. B-2, Eq. B-3 B-2, Eq. B-2, Fig. B.2, B-3
Dp Ds DT
d d EGL F
FD
Fr Fm Fp
G g H
Froude number ratio, Fm/Fp Froude number of model Froude number of prototype Geometry Acceleration of gravity Minimum liquid depth Height of FSI Minimum height of constricted bay section near the pump Width of rectangular entrance for intake suction piping A characteristic length (usually bell diameter or submergence) Distance between suction piping take-offs Distance from suction header or flow disturbing device to pump flange Geometric scale of model Characteristic length of a cubic cage type vortex suppressor Circulation number Revolutions/second of the swirl meter Mannings n Outside diameter of pump bell or inlet bell Flow Flow scale in model Flow scale in prototype Flow scale ratio, model/prototype Inflow into sump or pump station Flow rate for pump no. 1 or flow with one pump running
Hf
h L L
L1 L2 Lr Lv N
n n OD Q
Qm Qp Qr Qin Qp1
HI Pump Intake Design 1998 Sym. Definition Flow with two pumps running Reynolds number Radius of curvature Radius of tangential velocity component Minimum submergence depth Fig. B.2, B-3 9.8.5.3 Fig. 9.8.3, 9.8.3.2.3, Fig. 9.8.13 9.8.7.2 Foreword, Fig. 9.8.1, Eq. 9.8.2.1-2, 9.8.2.1.4, Table 9.8.1, 9.8.2.2.3, Fig. 9.8.3, 9.8.2.3.2.1, Fig. 9.8.4, Fig. 9.8.5, Fig. 9.8.6, Fig. 9.8.7, 9.8.2.5.4, Fig. 9.8.8, Fig. 9.8.12, 9.8.2.7.4, Fig. 9.8.13, Fig. 9.8.17, Fig. 9.8.18, 9.8.7.3, 9.8.7.2, 9.8.5, Eq. 9.8.7-1, Fig. 9.8.26 B-2, Eq. B-1, Eq. B-2, B-3 Eq. 9.8.5-5 Eq. 9.8.5-5 Eq. 9.8.5-5 9.8.5.3, Eq. 9.8.5-1 Eq. 9.8.5-6 Eq. 9.8.2.1-1, 9.8.2.1.4, 9.8.2.2.3, 9.8.2.5.4, 9.8.2.5.5, Fig. 9.8.9, Fig. 9.8.10, 9.8.2.7.4, 9.8.6, Table 9.8.3, Fig. 9.8.25, 9.8.7.2 B-2, Eq. B-1 B-2, Eq. B-2, B-3 B-3 B-3 Fig. 9.8.1, Table 9.8.1 Eq. 9.8.5-3 Eq. 9.8.5-3 Eq. 9.8.5-3, Eq. 9.8.5-4, Eq. 9.8.5-5 9.8.7.2 Fig. 9.8.1, Table 9.8.1 9.8.7.2 9.8.5.3 Fig. 9.8.1, Table 9.8.1, Fig. 9.8.2, Fig. 9.8.18 9.8.2.2.3, Fig. 9.8.3, Fig. 9.8.7 Fig. 9.8.2, Table 9.8.1 Fig. 9.8.1, Table 9.8.1 9.8.2.1.4, Fig. 9.8.1, Table 9.8.1 Table C.1, Table C.2 Fig. 9.8.1, Table 9.8.1 Fig. 9.8.1, Table 9.8.1 Reference Location
Qp2
R r r S
Pump cycle time in minutes Time scale of model Time scale of prototype Time scale ratio, model/prototype Average axial velocity (such as in the suction bell) Average axial velocity at the swirl meter Velocity
Tm Tp Tr
u u V
Vol
Effective sump volume Active sump volume for pump no. 1 Active sump volume for pump no. 2 Total active volume of sump Cross-flow velocity Velocity scale in model Velocity scale in prototype Velocity scale ratio, model/prototype Tangential velocity Pump bay velocity Vortex type Weber number Pump bay entrance width Width of FSI Constricted bay width near the pump Pump bay length Distance from pump inlet bell centerline to traveling screen Depth Distance from pump inlet bell centerline to diverging walls Distance from pump inlet bell centerline to sloping floor
Vol1 Vol2
VolTOT
Vc Vm Vp Vr vt Vx
VT
We
W W w X Y y
Z1 Z2
HI Pump Intake Design 1998 Sym. Definition Angle of floor slope Angle of wall divergence Angle of side wall of trench A function Liquid density Circulation of the flow Kinematic viscosity of the liquid Swirl angle Surface tension of liquid/air interface Angle of divergence from constricted area to bay walls Reference Location Fig. 9.8.1, Table 9.8.1 9.8.2.1.4, Fig. 9.8.1,Table 9.8.1 Fig. 9.8.13 9.8.7.2 9.8.5.3 9.8.5.3, 9.8.7.2 9.8.5.3 Eq. 9.8.5-6 9.8.5.3 Fig. 9.8.2, Table 9.8.1
Appendix A Remedial Measures for Problem Intakes
This appendix is not part of this standard, but is presented to help the user in considering factors beyond the standard sump design.
A-1
Introduction
The material presented in Appendix A is provided for the convenience of the intake design engineer in correcting unfavorable hydraulic conditions of existing intakes. None of the remedial measures described herein are part of the standard intake design recommendations provided in Section 9.8. A portion of the material in Appendix A transmits general experience and knowledge gained over many years of improving the hydraulics of intake structures, and such educational material may not include the specific recommendations appropriate for a standard. Corrections described herein have been effective in the past, but may or may not result in a significant improvement in performance characteristics for a given set of sitespecific conditions. Other remedial fixes not provided herein may also be effective, and a hydraulic model test is needed to verify whether a given remedial design feature results in acceptable flow conditions. This is particularly true because adding a remedial feature to solve one flow problem may have detrimental effects on other flow phenomena of concern. Appendix A concentrates on rectangular intakes for clear liquids, but the basic principles can be applied to other types of intakes. The material is organized by the general type of hydraulic problem in an upstream to downstream direction, since proper upstream flow conditions minimize downstream remedial changes.
When determining direction and distribution of flow at the entrance to a pump intake structure, the following must be considered: The orientation of the structure relative to the body of supply liquid Whether the structure is recessed from, flush with, or protrudes beyond the boundaries of the body of supply liquid Strength of currents in the body of supply liquid perpendicular to the direction of approach to the pumps The number of pumps required and their anticipated operating combinations
Velocity profiles entering pump bays can be skewed, regardless of whether cross-currents are present. Several typical approach flow conditions are shown in Figure A.1 for rectangular intake structures withdrawing flow from both moving bodies of liquid and stationary reservoirs. Figure A.2 shows several typical approach flow conditions for different combinations of pumps operating in a single intake structure. The ideal conditions, and the assumptions upon which the geometry and dimensions recommended for rectangular intake structures in this section are based, are that the structure draws flow so that there are negligible ambient currents (cross-flows) in the vicinity of the intake structure that create asymmetrical flow patterns approaching any of the pumps, and the structure is oriented so that the boundary is symmetrical with respect to the centerline of the structure. As a general guide, cross-flow velocities are significant if they exceed 50% of the pump bay entrance velocity. Recommendations (based on a physical hydraulic model study) for analyzing departures from the ideal condition are given in Section 9.8.5.
A-2
Approach flow patterns
The characteristics of the flow approaching an intake structure is one of the foremost considerations for the designer. Unfortunately, local ambient flow patterns are often difficult and expensive to characterize. Even if known, conditions are generally unique, frequently complex, so it is difficult to predict the effects of a given set of flow conditions upstream from an intake structure on flow patterns in the immediate vicinity of a pump suction.
A-2.1 Open vs. partitioned structures

If multiple pumps are installed in a single intake structure, dividing walls placed between the pumps result in
HI Pump Intake Design 1998 more favorable flow conditions than found in open sumps. Open sumps, with no dividing walls, have been used with varying levels of success, but adverse flow patterns can frequently occur if dividing walls are not used. The trench-type intake structure, described in Section 9.8.2.4 and 9.8.3.2, is a type of open sump that is an exception. Open sumps are particularly susceptible to cross-currents and non-uniform approach flow patterns. Even if approach flow at the entrance to the structure is uniform, open sumps result in non-uniform
Pump bay velocity distribution
a - One wall parallel, one wall perpendicular to direction of final approach
b - Straight approach, structure located at the terminus of a long canal
c - Wing walls, with cross-currents
d - Wing walls, with no cross-currents
e - No wing walls, with cross-currents
f - No wing wall, with no cross-currents
Figure A.1 Examples of approach flow conditions at intake structures and the resulting effect on velocity, all pumps operating 43 Copyright 2000 By Hydraulic Institute, All Rights Reserved.
HI Pump Intake Design 1998 flow patterns approaching some of the pumps when operating pumps are arranged asymmetrically with respect to the centerline of the intake structure. This situation can occur when various combinations of pumps are operating or if the intake structure is designed to accommodate additional pumps at some future date. Figure A.3 is an example of flow approaching the pumps in both a partitioned structure and an open sump, both operating at partial flow rate. The example facilities contain four units with two of the four operating. In both structures, flow is withdrawn from a reservoir with no velocity component perpendicular to the longitudinal centerline of the intake structures. In the partitioned structure, flow enters the bay of pump 1 fairly uniformly. It enters the bay containing pump 2 non-uniformly, with a separation area near the right side-wall. However, the length of the bay relative to its width channels the flow and allows it to become more uniform as it approaches the pump. In Figure A.3, example b, the dashed line at the wing walls shows a rounded entrance configuration that minimizes flow separation near the entrance to the outer pump bays.
Figure A.2 Examples of pump approach flow patterns for various combinations of operating pumps 44 Copyright 2000 By Hydraulic Institute, All Rights Reserved.
HI Pump Intake Design 1998 In open sumps (Figure A.3, example a), flow may enter the structure uniformly with respect to the centerline of the structure. However, since the location of the two operating pumps is not symmetrical with respect to the centerline of the structure, flow separates from the right wall of the structure and approaches pump 2 with a tangential velocity component, greatly increasing the probability of unacceptable levels of pre-swirl. If all four pumps in the open sump were to operate simultaneously, approach flow would be reasonably uniform, but other adverse phenomena could be present. For example, when two adjacent pumps are operating simultaneously, submerged vortices frequently form, connecting both pumps.
A-3
Controlling cross-flow
If cross-flow is present (i.e., if the pump station is withdrawing flow from the bank of a canal or stream), trash racks with elongated bars can provide some assistance in distribution flow as it enters the pump bay, but if the flow profile is skewed when it enters the trash rack, it will be skewed as it exits. To be effective in guiding flow, trash racks must be placed flush with the upstream edges of the pump bay dividing walls. In this example the trash rack must be vertical or match the
Flow seperation line
a - Open sump, Pumps 1 & 2 operating illustrating problem flow patterns
Curved wall to prevent flow seperation at entrance
b - Partitioned sump, Pumps 1 & 2 operating, less likely to result in flow problems
Figure A.3 Comparison of flow patterns in open and partitioned sumps 45 Copyright 2000 By Hydraulic Institute, All Rights Reserved.
HI Pump Intake Design 1998 incline of the entrance. Both trash racks and dividing walls must be in line with the stream bank contour. Trash racks recessed from the entrance to pump bays, and through-flow traveling screens have a negligible flow straightening effect (see Figure A.4). Partially clogged trash racks or screens can create severely skewed flow profiles. If the application is such that screens or trash racks are susceptible to clogging, they must be inspected and cleaned as frequently as necessary to prevent adverse effects on flow patterns. Two other flow-straightening devices for minimizing cross-flow effects at bay entrances are shown in Figure A.5. One or two large guide piers or plates per bay help turn the flow. Although distinct flow separation eddies occur at each pier, the eddies are smaller than the single flow separation (eddy) that would occur along one bay wall. Alternatively, a number of smaller columns or structural members may be placed at the bay entrance, and these are effective in both turning and creating more uniform velocity by inducing a head loss across the column array.
A-4
Expanding concentrated flows
Two methods for correcting flow disturbances generated by expansion of a concentrated flow are described below.
A-4.1 Free-surface approach

In some installations, site conditions dictate that the approach flow channel or conduit, although in line with the sump axis, is much smaller than the sump width. To avoid concentrated flow and large eddies, the side walls approaching the pump bays must gradually diverge, and flow baffles of varying geometry may be used to spread the flow at a divergence angle greater than otherwise possible. Figure A.6 shows possible corrective measures.
Flow separation line
12" Min.
Velocity distribution downstream from trash racks with cross flow
FLUSH
RECESSED
Figure A.4 Effect of trash rack design and location on velocity distribution entering pump bay
Figure A.5 Flow-guiding devices at entrance to individual pump bays 46 Copyright 2000 By Hydraulic Institute, All Rights Reserved.
HI Pump Intake Design 1998 The flow leaving a dual entry flow screen requires baffling to break up and laterally distribute the concentrated flow prior to reaching the pump, and one possible arrangement is shown in Figure A.7. If measures are not taken to mitigate the effects these screens have on flow patterns (see Figure A.8), the jet exiting the center of these screens will attach to one wall or the other, and will result in highly non-uniform flow for an indefinite distance down the channel. The non-uniform flow creates excessive swirl at the pump. The screen exit must be placed a minimum distance of six bell diameters, 6D (see Section 9.8.2.1.3) from the pumps. However, this distance is only a general guideline for initial layouts of structures, with final design to be developed with the aid of a physical model study.
A-4.2 Closed conduit approach

Flow may be provided to rectangular intake structures through a conduit. When multiple pumps are installed perpendicularly to the influent conduit, the flow pattern improves and approach velocities decrease if the sump walls diverge gradually from the point of influent toward the pump bays. Maintaining a small angle divergence of each wall from the influent conduit minimizes the difficulty in spreading the flow uniformly. A series of flow distribution baffles may be installed to
Approximate influent jet boundary (may not be symetrical) Radially diffused flow approaching pumps
Vertical column array for flow distribution
Upwelling and laterial flow movement to outer pump bays
20 max.
ORIGINAL
IMPROVED
Figure A.6 Concentrated influent configuration, with and without flow distribution devices
NOTE: Physical hydraulic model study required.
Figure A.7 Baffling to improve flow pattern downstream from dual flow screen 47 Copyright 2000 By Hydraulic Institute, All Rights Reserved.
HI Pump Intake Design 1998 dissipate the energy of the entering flow and force a diverging and more uniform flow pattern approaching the pumps. A typical approach flow pattern in a wet well with a conduit approach, with and without diverging side walls and flow distribution baffles, is shown in Figure A.7. If a conduit approach is required and there is no room for gradually diverging side walls, velocities in the conduit entering the sump may need to be limited, such as by adding expansion pieces to the downstream end of the conduit. In addition to the features described above, a baffle may be needed near the influent point of the conduit(s) to dissipate the energy from the entering jet and spread the flow toward the pump bays. Increasing the number of inflow lines together with a flow distributor across the sump and/or each bay may provide an adequate distribution to the pump bays, see Figure A.9. The trench-type wet well described in Section 9.8.2.4 is an alternate arrangement, where the pumps are positioned in line with the approach pipe.
A-5
Pump inlet disturbances
A-5.1 Free-surface vortices

Surface vortices may be reduced with increasing depth of submergence of the pump bells. However,
Typical trash rack location
Screen bulkhead
Screen mesh
Unstable jet attaches to one side wall
NOTE: Physical hydraulic model study required. Figure A.8 Typical flow pattern through a dual flow screen 48 Copyright 2000 By Hydraulic Institute, All Rights Reserved.
HI Pump Intake Design 1998 there are also situations where increasing depth has negligible effects or even increases surface vortex formation due to stagnant and therefore unstable liquid. Surface vortices are also highly dependent on approach flow patterns and the stability of these patterns, as well as on the inlet Froude number. The above situation complicates the establishment of a minimum depth of submergence as a definitive measure against vortices. To achieve a higher degree of certainty that objectionable surface vortices do not form, modifications can be made to intake structures to allow operation at practical depths of submergence. Many pump manufacturers offer optional suction umbrellas to reduce free surface vortices. Usually, suction umbrellas are horizontally oriented flat rings or washers attached to the pump bell to increase the bell diameter and reduce velocities at the revised inlet. Curtain walls, such as shown in Figure A.10, create a horizontal shear plane that is perpendicular to the vertical axis of rotation of surface vortices, and prevent the vortices from continuing into the inlet.
Move Back Wall To Recommended Clearance
Add Baffle Add Inflow Pipe(s)
Add Increasers Flow Distributor(s)
Figure A.9 Improvements to approach flow without diverging sump walls
2D Min.
Min. Liquid Level
1/2 D Min.
Figure A.10 Elevation view of a curtain wall for minimizing surface vortices 49 Copyright 2000 By Hydraulic Institute, All Rights Reserved.
HI Pump Intake Design 1998 Vertical curtain walls have been used with success and are easier to construct than sloping curtain walls. However, the abrupt changes in flow direction caused by vertical walls can create surface vortices in the upstream corners of those walls. If the curtain walls are placed at about 45 degrees from the vertical, then all flow near the surface is deflected downwards and surface vortices are minimized. Curtain walls also assist in spreading poorly distributed flow. Horizontal gratings may also be used to suppress free surface vortices when pumping clear liquids. Standard floor grating 38 mm (1.5 inches) deep or greater, or a specially constructed egg-crate type grating may be effective. At the low liquid level, the top of the grating should be submerged about 150 mm (6 inches). As a temporary measure, floating rafts of various types may be used to suppress surface vortices. zontal (sloping) floor splitter under the bell as shown in Figure A.11 and perhaps by using a submerged (weir) wall across the bay width, close to the upstream side of the pump. This wall, if a few pump diameters high off the floor, has the effect of turning all the flow downward, similar to that in a circular can arrangement, and the basic change in flow pattern may reduce preswirl and other undesirable hydraulic phenomena.
A-5.4 Velocities in pump bell throat

A relatively uniform velocity distribution occurs at the pump bell throat if the flow enters the bell essentially radially, without pre-swirl or local flow disturbances such as vortices or eddies caused by local flow separation. Therefore, all of the above described flow control devices, starting with providing a uniform approach flow and including local anti-vortex measures near the bell, may be needed to achieve the desired uniformity of velocities. Alternatively, a properly shaped formed suction intake (FSI) may be provided, as discussed in Section 9.8.2.2. Model tests have shown that the FSI provides the desired uniformity of velocity at the bell throat for reasonable flow patterns approaching the FSI.
A-5.2 Sub-surface vortices

The geometry of boundaries in the immediate vicinity of the pump bells is one of the more critical aspects of successful intake structure design. It is in this area that the most complicated flow patterns exist and flow must make the most changes in direction, while maintaining a constant acceleration into the pump bells to prevent local flow separation, turbulence, and submerged vortex formation. Pump bell clearance from the floor and walls is an integral part of the design. A sampling of various devices to address sub-surface vortices are shown in Figure A.11. These and other measures may be used individually or in combination to reduce the probability of flow separation and submerged vortices.
A-6
Tanks suction inlets
A-5.3 Pre-swirl
Whether pre-swirl exists to an objectionable extent is governed primarily by the approach flow distribution. A sufficiently laterally skewed approach flow causes rotation around the pump bell, in spite of the local features. Such rotation causes flow over the central splitter and potentially produces a submerged vortex emanating from the flow separation at the central splitter. A cone on the floor would not cause such a submerged vortex problem, but the cone would also not help to control residual pre-swirl. The most effective way of reducing pre-swirl is to establish a relatively uniform approach flow within each pump bay by using the baffling schemes discussed in Sections A-2 to A-4 above. Final reductions in swirl may be achieved near the pump bell by installing a vertical splitter along the back wall, in line and directly behind the pump column, by providing a hori-
Undesirable flow conditions may be created at the pump inlet in the tank depending on the inflowoutflow arrangement in a storage tank, whether the tank inflow is operating while the pump suction (inlet) is operating, and whether there are flow obstructions in the tank. Even if only the pump inlet is operating and there are no flow obstructions in the tank, the non-uniform approach flow to the pump inlet may cause pre-swirl and vortices. Since a dry-pit pump is usually located some distance downstream from its piping inlet in the tank, the effect of these flow disturbances on the pump is not as severe as with wet-pit pumps. For example, local flow separation, swirl, or velocity non-uniformities, although creating greater head losses at the inlet, may be dissipated in the approach piping to the pump. The main problem is usually entrainment of air (or other tank gases) due to free-surface vortices, as this air may collect in the piping (causing air binding) or cause degradation of pump performance. Preventing the formation of free-surface vortices at tank inlets to pumps allows the tank to be drawn to lower levels than would otherwise be possible. This benefit requires the use of various anti-vortex devices
A - Wall splitter plate
B - Floor splitter plate
C - Floor cone
0.5D
0.5D
0.5D
0.5D
D - Back wall
E - Corner fillets
F - Back wall fillet
0.6D 0.5D
0.3D
0.5D
2D
2D
G - Side wall fillets
H - Center splitter
I - Strainer with guide vanes
Figure A.11 Methods to reduce sub-surface vortices (examples AI) 51 Copyright 2000 By Hydraulic Institute, All Rights Reserved.
HI Pump Intake Design 1998 at the inlet. Some common types of such devices are shown in Figure A.12. As an alternative, a cage type vortex suppressor may be used, as illustrated in Figure A.12, example 6. The cubic cage may be made of standard 38 mm (1.5 inches) deep (or deeper) floor grating (or its equivalent). The length, width and height of the cubic cage, each with a characteristic length termed Lv should be about 3 inlet pipe diameters, and the top of the cage should be submerged about 150 mm (6 inches) below the minimum liquid level. Non-cubic cage shapes are also effective if the upper (horizontal) grating is at least 3 inlet pipe diameters on each side and is also submerged 150 mm (6 inches) below the minimum liquid level. A single horizontal grating meeting these guidelines may also be effective. Tests on such cage type vortex suppressors have demonstrated
Figure A.12 Anti-vortex devices 52 Copyright 2000 By Hydraulic Institute, All Rights Reserved.
HI Pump Intake Design 1998 their capability to reduce air entrainment to nearly zero even under adverse approach flow conditions (Padmanabhan, 1982). However, it may be noted that the minimum submergence from the tank floor is dictated by the vertical cage dimension plus the needed 150 mm (6 inches) submergence above the top of the cage.
Appendix B Sump Volume
B-1
Scope
This section on pump sump volumes pertains to constant speed pumps. For adjustable speed pumping, sump volume may not need to be considered (assuming certain pump controls) except for a requirement that the sump volume must be large enough to keep currents sufficiently low.
pump, and the motor design. With increasing numbers of allowable starts per hour, the requirement for active sump volume is reduced. Alternating the starting pump in multiple pump installations also greatly reduces the required active sump volume. For pumping systems dealing with solids-bearing liquids, allowing the pump sump level to fluctuate will create differences in flow patterns that may minimize solids sedimentation and particle build-up on the intake surfaces. There are several methods to calculate the required active sump volume. The sequence with which the pumps are brought on and off line plays an important role as does the total number of pumps. An active sump volume that is too small reduces motor, pump, and electrical equipment life by excessive starting and stopping. A pump station with a sump volume that is too large is expensive to build, and the larger volume may increase the risk of undesirable hydraulic patterns due to stagnant zones and zones of low liquid velocity. For domestic sewage, the increased storage time promotes septicity during periods of low flow. Since an increase in the active volume often is accomplished by constructing a deeper station, a larger volume leads to higher pumping head and consequently a higher energy usage. In a situation where contaminated or solids-bearing liquid is pumped, a larger pump sump would also be more difficult to maintain in a clean state. To calculate the minimum sump volume for an application with constant speed pumps, start with the following relationship: Vol Vol - T = -------- + -----------------Q Q Q in in Where: T = The pump cycle time in minutes, i.e., the time between two consecutive starts (time to fill and empty). (B.1)
B-2
General
Most pumping systems that transfer liquids (as opposed to circulating systems) utilize some form of a pump sump. A pump sump acts as an intermediate buffer zone capable of absorbing inflow fluctuations relative to pumping capacity. The pump sump is often used for intermediate storage to allow constant speed pumps to work in an on/off mode while the pump sump is being filled and emptied. This operation allows for the most efficient use of constant speed pumps. A pump sump should also act to distribute the inflow to the various pumps in a pumping station in such a way that good hydraulic inflow conditions exist at each pump during various operating conditions. In new construction as well as in upgrading existing pump stations, it is important to know the required active sump volume. This volume is defined by the highest start level and lowest stop level in the pump sump. The minimum required sump volume can be calculated and it depends on the inflow to the pump station, the pump capacities, their allowed cycle time (number of starts per hour allowed for pump, drive, starters, etc., as applicable), and their operating sequence. The limiting parameter is the cycle time. The volume has to be sufficiently large not to exceed the number of starts per hour specified by the motor/ pump manufacturer. For the simplest case (one pump operated at constant speed), the maximum number of starts per hour occurs when the inflow is 50% of the pump capacity. For multiple pumps, the operating sequence also affects the volume required. The number of starts per hour a pump and motor system can sustain is determined by the selection of starting equipment, load and inertia characteristics of the 54
HI Pump Intake Design 1998 Vol = The effective sump volume, i.e., the volume between the start level and the stop level in liters (cubic feet). The inflow into the pump station in l/min (cubic feet per minute). The pump flow rate in l/min (cubic feet per minute).
B-3
Minimum sump volume sequence
Qin = Q =
The required active sump volume and cycle time in relation to pump capacity can be calculated by using Equation B.1 in combination with the corresponding pump and system head curves. When the second pump is brought on line, the flow rate in the system increases, thus producing increased losses. This scenario effectively reduces the capacity of each pump running (see Figure B.2). Each volume must be calculated with the appropriate pump capacity. Example B-1-A (A station with two duty plus one standby pump) has three constant speed pumps, each with a capacity of 150 l/s (2400 gpm) at 15 m (50 ft), which is the first duty point on the system curve. The second duty point is 250 l/s (4000 gpm) at 16.7 m (55 ft) (two pumps together). What is the minimum sump volume using sequence 1 operation and 10 starts per hour? Convert the pump flow rates to l/min (cfm), by multiplying with 60 (7.48 gallons per cubic foot). 150 l/s = 9000 l/min (2400 gpm = 320 cfm) 250 l/s = 15,000 l/min (4000 gpm = 535 cfm) The highest pump cycling frequency occurs when the inflow equals 50% of the pump flow with one pump running, therefore the Vol1 is determined for Qin = 5 l/s (159 cfm). Pump Cycle Time 1 in Metric Units:
Differentiating the equation shows that the maximum number of starts per hour occurs at an inflow rate which is half of the pumping rate. Rearranging Equation B.1 and solving for Vol1: Q in Vol 1 = T --------- ( Q Q in ) Q p1
p1
(B.2)
Where: Vol1 = T = The active sump volume for pump 1 in liters (cubic feet). Pump cycle time (time to fill and empty) in minutes. The inflow into the station in l/min (cubic feet per minute). The flow rate of pump 1 in l/min (cubic feet per minute).
Qin = QP1 =
Two operational sequences for multi-pump stations are: Sequence 1 The pumps start and stop at individual levels; as the level rises in the sump, each pump is sequentially brought on-line until the inflow is surpassed. As the level falls, each pump is brought off line in reverse order (see Figure B.1). The pumps start as in sequence 1, but all pumps continue to operate to the minimum stop level (see Figure B.1).
60 T = 60 ------------------- = 360 seconds 10 Q in - ( Q Q in ) Vol 1 = T --------Q p1 p1 75 --------Vol 1 = 360 150 ( 150 75 ) Vol 1 = 13,500 liters
Sequence 2
The staggered stop levels in sequence 1 results in a lower energy consumption, but may require a larger active sump volume.
Vol2 is calculated with the following equation. An iteration or trial and error show that the shortest cycle time occurs for Qin = 200 l/s (424 cfm).
Sequence 1 Start P2 V2 V1 Start P1 All Off Stop P2 Stop P1
Sequence 2 Start P2 Start P1 All Off Stop All
Figure B.1 Operational sequences

Total head 1 pump running System head Total head 2 pumps running
Head HLoss HStatic
159 - ( 318 159 ) Vol 1 = 6 -------- 318 Vol 1 = 477 cubic feet Vol2 is calculated with the following equation. An iteration or trial and error show that the shortest cycle time occurs for Qin = 200 l/s (424 cfm). ( Q p 2 Q in ) Vol 2 = T ( Q in Q p 1 ) ------------------------------( Qp 2 Qp 1 ) ( 535 424 ) Vol 2 = 6 ( 424 318 ) -----------------------------( 535 318 ) Vol 2 = 325 cubic feet Thus, the minimum sump volume is: Voltot = Vol1 + Vol2 = 802 cubic feet for this example. Minimum Sump Volume Sequence 2
Qp1
Qp2
Flow
Figure B.2 Pump and system head curves
( Q p 2 Q in ) Vol 2 = T ( Q in Q p 1 ) ------------------------------( Qp 2 Qp 1 ) ( 250 200 ) Vol 2 = 360 ( 200 150 ) -----------------------------( 250 320 ) Vol 2 = 9000 liters Where: QP 2 = the flow with two pumps running
Thus, the minimum sump volume is: Voltot = Vol1 + Vol2 = 22,500 liters for this example. In US Units: T = 60 ----- = 6 minutes 10 Q in - ( Q Q in ) Vol 1 = T --------Q p1 p1
The pumps start as in sequence 1. The difference here is that all pumps continue to run until the liquid reaches the low level shut off. The calculation for Vol1 is the same as for sequence 1; however, the following equation must be used for Vol2 (only for two pumps). Vol 2 Vol 1 Vol 1 + Vol 2 - + -----------------------T = ----------- + -----------------------------Q Q p 2 Q in Q in Q p 1 in Where: T = Vol1 = Pump cycle time in minutes. Active sump volume for pump 1, liters (cu ft).
HI Pump Intake Design 1998 Vol2 = Qin = QP1 = QP 2 = Active sump volume for pump 2, liters (cu ft). The inflow into the station in l/min (cfm). Flow rate with pump 1 running, l/min (cfm). The combined flow rate with 2 pumps running, l/min (cfm). 6 ( 381 318 ) ( 535 381 ) Vol 2 = ----------------------------------------------------------------535 318 477 535 ( 381 318 ) --------------------------------------------------------381 ( 535 318 ) Vol1 = 477 cubic feet Vol2 = 74 cubic feet Total active volume is: VolTOT = Vol1 + Vol2 = 551 cubic feet Thus, operational sequence 2 requires less active volume than operational sequence 1. In US Units: T = 6 minutes
Rearranging: T ( Q in Q p 1 ) ( Q p 2 Q in ) Vol 2 = ---------------------------------------------------------------Qp 2 Qp 1 Vol 1 Q p 2 ( Q in Q p 1 ) ----------------------------------------------------Q in ( Q p 2 Q p 1 ) (B.2)
An iteration or trial and error process is used to determine that the shortest cycle time occurs when Qin = 180 l/s (381 cfm). This inflow is used to calculate the minimum Vol2. In Metric Units: T = 360 seconds 360 ( 180 150 ) ( 250 180 ) Vol 2 = ----------------------------------------------------------------------250 150 13,500 250 ( 180 150 ) ----------------------------------------------------------------180 ( 250 150 ) Vol1 = 13,500 liters Vol2 = 1,935 liters VolTOT = Vol1 + Vol2 = 15,435 liters
B-4 Decreasing sump volume by pump alternation

By designing the control system for alternating pump starts, twice as many starts per hour (for a station with two operational pumps) can be obtained, reducing the sump volume by 50% and distributing the pump operating time evenly between pumps. In a critical application, a two-pump station may have an installed spare pump in addition to the main pumps. Consideration should be given to the system and application before utilizing this sump volume reduction technique.
Appendix C Intake Basin Entrance Conditions
C-1
Variable speed pumps
high and low liquid levels by, typically, 1.2 m (4 ft) to avoid excessively frequent motor starts.
There should be 5 to 10 diameters of straight, prismatic, and level (or nearly level) inlet pipe leading into the pump basin. The pipe should lie in a vertical plane through the pump intakes. To avoid high currents near the pump intakes, the pipe should be well above the basin floor, as shown in Figures 9.8.4, 9.8.5, 9.8.6, 9.8.7, 9.8.13, and 9.8.17. To produce uniform flow across the entrance of the wet well during a cleaning, provide a short (approximately D/5) rectangular recess 2D wide on the upstream side of the sluice gate. Alternately, use a short transition from a circular pipe to a rectangular conduit as shown in Figure 9.8.13. The minimum liquid level must be high enough to avoid a free fall of the liquid entering the wet well. Because the speed of the pump can be regulated to match the inflow, a stable liquid level in the wet well can be maintained to match the depth in the upstream conduit, thus avoiding a free fall.
C-2.1 Inlet pipe, trench-type wet wells

The objectives in designing the entrance for trenchtype wet wells containing constant speed pumps are: 1) To eliminate any cascade 2) To minimize turbulence and the release of noxious dissolved gasses 3) To produce gentle, horizontal currents free from air bubbles 4) To supply a large part of the active storage volume in the inlet pipe so as to minimize the size of the wet well Objectives 1 and 3 could be met by installing a drop manhole 5 to 10 diameters upstream from the sluice gate. Objectives 2 and 4, however, would not be met; and a drop manhole is not recommended.
C-2
Constant speed pumping C-2.2 Storage in approach pipe

All four objectives listed in C-2.1 can be achieved by installing an approach pipe, a pipe somewhat larger than the upstream sewer and laid at a severe gradient to produce supercritical velocities at low wet well levels and thus supply a major share of the required active storage volume. The last part of the approach pipe should preferably be laid horizontally and must meet the other conditions in C-1 above. A gradient of 2% is a good choice because: 1) A pipe 60 m (200 ft) long allows the liquid level to fluctuate 1.2 m (4 ft) 2) Such a pipe can hold half or more of the active storage volume required
Constant speed pumping requires cyclic (on-off) pump operation, and there must be enough active storage volume to keep the frequency of motor starts within the manufacturers recommendations. The active storage volume is obtained by allowing the liquid level to fluctuate - typically about 1.2 m (4 ft) for constant speed pumping applications. Improper but common practice is to allow a free fall or cascade from the inlet into the pool below. But even a short free fall entrains air bubbles and drives them deep into the pool where they may be drawn into the pumps and reduce pump flow rate, head, and efficiency as well as cause damage to the pump. If the liquid is domestic wastewater, the turbulence sweeps malodorous and corrosive gasses into the atmosphere. The problem, in 1997, was almost universal in wet wells for constant speed pumps where the active storage requirement made it necessary to separate 58
HI Pump Intake Design 1998 3) supercritical velocities are reasonable and produce a weak hydraulic jump where the supercritical flow strikes the pooled water The Froude number for the jump is less than 2.5, so there is little bubble formation and off-gassing. Note from Tables C.1 and C.2 that the useful active storage cross-section of the approach pipe varies from 72 to 81% of the total pipe cross-sectional area. To flush deposits from the approach pipe, set the stop level for each pump (or combination of pumps) to produce an approach pipe exit velocity of 1.0 to 1.2 m/s (3.0 to 4.0 ft/s). Tables C.1 and C.2, developed by Wheeler (1995), contains data for approach pipes at 2% gradient based on a modified Mannings n of 0.010 (roughly equivalent to a constant n of 0.013). The allowable flow is predicated on a sequent depth (after the jump) of 60% of the pipe diameter. The energy grade line (EGL) before the jump is about 25% of the pipe diameter (Dp) below the soffit, so the hydraulic jump can never reach the top of the pipe. There is a 20 Dp length of free water surface so that any bubbles formed in the hydraulic jump can rise to the surface and escape up the pipe. Smoother pipes and steeper slopes generate higher velocities, larger Froude numbers upstream from the jump, and higher sequent depths than do flatter slopes or rougher pipe. To maintain a sequent depth of 60% of the pipe diameter, it follows that for a given size and slope, a rough approach pipe can carry a larger flow than a smooth one.
C-3 Transition manhole, sewer to approach pipe

The transition in the manhole between the upstream conduit and the approach pipe is designed to acceler-
Table C.1 Maximum flow in approach pipes with hydraulic jumpmetric units, slope = 2%, Mannings n = 0.010a. Sequent depth = 60% pipe diameter. After Wheeler (1995). True Pipe Dia. Area At m 2 DP mm 254 304 381 457 533 610 686 762 838 914 1067 1219 1372 1524 1676 1829 0.051 0.073 0.114 0.164 0.223 0.292 0.370 0.456 0.552 0.657 0.894 1.17 1.48 1.82 2.21 2.63 Flow Rate m3/h 71 110 190 290 420 580 770 990 1200 1500 2200 3000 4000 5100 6500 7900 l/s 20 31 53 81 120 160 210 270 340 420 610 840 1100 1400 1800 2200 y/DP %b 32 32 31 30 29 29 28 28 27 27 27 26 26 25 25 25 Before Jump Velocity m/s Ae/At %c 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.3 2.5 2.6 2.8 2.9 3.2 3.5 3.7 4.0 4.2 4.4 72 72 74 75 76 76 77 78 78 78 78 79 79 79 81 81 Froude Number 1.6 1.6 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.9 1.9 1.9 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.1 2.1 After Jump Energy y/DP %b Loss % 59 59 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 17 18 18 18 19 19 20 20 20 21 21 22 22 23 23 24
a For n = 0.009, multiply flow rates by 92%.
For n = 0.011, multiply flow rates by 108%. For n = 0.012, multiply flow rates by 115%. For n = 0.013, multiply flow rates by 122%.
b Depth (y) divided by pipe diameter (D ) expressed in percent. p c Empty area of pipe above liquid level (A ) divided by total area (A ). e t
HI Pump Intake Design 1998 ate the liquid to the velocities in Tables C.1 and C.2. Care must be taken to form a sloping transition between the invert of the upstream conduit or sewer on one side and the invert of the approach pipe on the other side. The drop (and hence the slope) of the transition invert can be found by the application of Bernoullis Equation. In the sewer, the EGL lies above the liquid surface by the velocity head, v2/2g. For a sewer flowing full at maximum design flow rate, the EGL is likely to be somewhat above the soffit. In the approach pipe, the EGL is 60% of the Dp plus velocity head above the invert, and the sum is usually about 75% Dp. Locate the approach pipe so that its EGL is below the EGL of the sewer by an amount equal to the expected head loss due to turbulence and friction. As data on head losses are sparse, be conservative and increase the invert drop somewhat to ensure supercritical flow. Velocities 20% greater than the values in Tables C.1 and C.2 increase the sequent depth from 60 to only 67% Dp an increase readily tolerated.
C-4
Sluice gate
A mechanically-operated sluice gate must be installed at the entrance to the wet well both to protect the station and to regulate the flow required for cleaning. The mechanism should be capable of setting the elevation of the sluice gate accurately and rapidly to a predetermined position.
C-5
Lining
The approach pipe is subject to corrosion caused by sulfuric acid forming above low liquid line by bacteria acting upon sulfur compounds. As with the wet well, all surfaces above low liquid level should be lined with an impervious material immune to corrosion.
Table C.2 Maximum flow in approach pipes with hydraulic jumpUS customary units, slope = 2%, Mannings n = 0.010a. Sequent depth = 60% pipe diameter. After Wheeler (1995). Pipe Dia. DP inch 10 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 Area At ft2 0.55 0.79 1.23 1.77 2.41 3.14 3.98 4.91 5.94 7.07 9.62 12.6 15.9 19.6 23.8 28.3 Flow Rate mgd 0.5 0.7 1.2 1.9 2.7 3.7 4.9 6.3 7.8 9.7 14.0 19.1 25.3 32.5 40.9 50.3 ft3/s 0.7 1.1 1.9 2.9 4.1 5.7 7.5 9.7 12.1 14.9 21.6 29.6 39.1 50.3 63.3 77.8 y/DP %b 32 32 31 30 29 29 28 28 27 27 27 26 26 25 25 25 Before Jump Velocity ft/s Ae/At %c 4.6 5.1 5.8 6.5 7.1 7.7 8.2 8.7 9.2 9.7 10.6 11.4 12.2 13.0 13.7 14.4 72 72 74 75 76 76 77 78 78 78 78 79 79 79 81 81 Froude Number 1.6 1.6 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.9 1.9 1.9 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.1 2.1 After Jump Energy y/DP %b Loss % 59 59 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 17 18 18 18 19 19 20 20 20 21 21 22 22 23 23 24
a For n = 0.009, multiply flow rates by 92%.
For n = 0.011, multiply flow rates by 108%. For n = 0.012, multiply flow rates by 115%. For n = 0.013, multiply flow rates by 122%.
b Depth (y) divided by pipe diameter (D ). p c Empty area of pipe above liquid level (A ) divided by total area (A ). e t
C-6
Design examples
Examples of wet well designs for 1) Variable speed pumps 2) Constant speed pumps 3) Approach pipes 4) Transition manholes are given by Sanks, Tchobanoglous, Bosserman, and Jones (1998). Tables C.1 and C.2 can be modified to other flows, pipe gradients, or roughness by means of the PARTFULL program (1995), which can be obtained free from Wheeler.
Appendix D Bibliography
This appendix is not part of this standard, but is presented to help the user in considering factors beyond the standard sump design. Section 9.8.2 Dicmas, J.L., Vertical Turbine, Mixed Flow and Propeller Pumps, McGraw-Hill Book Company. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (ETL No. 110-2-327). Section 9.8.5 Anwar, H.O., Weller, J.A., and Amphlett, M.B., Similarity of Free Vortex at Horizontal Intake, Journal of Hydraulic Research, IAHR, Vol. 16, No. 2, 1978, p. 95. Daggett, L., and Keulegan, G.H., Similitude in FreeSurface Vortex Formations, ASCE Journal of the Hydraulics Division, Vol. 100, HY11, November 1974, p. 1565. Hecker, G.E., Model-Prototype Comparison of Free Surface Vortices, ASCE Journal of the Hydraulics Division, Vol. 107, No. HY10, October 1981, p.1243. Padmanabhan, M., and Hecker, G.E., Scale Effects in Pump Sump Models, ASCE Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, Vol. 110, No. 11, November 1984, p. 1540. Knauss, J., Coordinator-Editor, Swirling Flow Problems at Intakes, IAHR Hydraulic Structures Design Manual 1., A.A. Balkema Publishers, Rotterdam, 1987. Jain, A.K., Raju, K.G.R., and Garde, R.J., Vortex Formation at Vertical Pipe Intakes, ASCE Journal of Hydraulics Division, Vol. 104, No. HY10, October 1978, p. 1429. Section 9.8.7 Hecker, G.E., Chapter 8, Conclusions, Swirling Flow Problems at Intakes, IAHR Hydraulic Structures Design Manual 1, J. Knauss, Coordinator-Editor, A.A. Balkema, Rotterdam, 1987. Appendix A Padamanabhan, M., Evaluation of Vortex Suppressors, Hydraulic Performance of Single Outlet Sumps, and Sensitivity of Miscellaneous Sump Parameters, Alden Research Laboratory Report No. 49A-82/ M398F, September 1982. Appendix C Sanks, R.L., Tchobanoglous, G., Bosserman, B.E., and Jones, G.M., Pumping Station Design, Second Edition, Butterworth/Heinemann, 225 Wildwood Ave., Woburn, MA 01801-2041, 1998. Wheeler, W. PARTFULL, 1995. (For a free copy of a computer program for calculating maximum flow in an approach pipe, with instructions, send a formatted 1.4 MB, 3.5 disk and a self-addressed mailer to 683 Limekiln Road, Doylestown, PA 18901-2335).
HI Pump Intake Design Index 1998
Appendix E Index
This appendix is not part of this standard, but is presented to help the user in considering factors beyond this standard. Note: an f. indicates a figure, and a t. indicates a table. Approach pipe lining, 60 Can intakes closed bottom can, 13, 13f. design considerations, 11 open bottom can intakes, 12, 12f. Circular plan wet pits, 18, 18f., 19f. Circular pump stations (clear liquid) dimensioning, 6 floor clearance, 6 inflow pipe, 7 inlet bell clearance, 7 inlet bell or volute diameter, 7 sump diameter, 7, 7f., 8f. wall clearance, 6 Confined wet well design, 19, 20f. Constant speed pumps, 58, 59t., 60t. Definitions symbols, 38 terminology, 35 Entrained air, 1 Flow, 26 Formed suction intakes, 3, 6f. application standards, 4 dimensions, 3 Free-surface vortices, 1, 26, 26f. Gas bubbles, 1 Glossary, 35 Inlet bell design diameter, 21t., 28, 30f., 31f. Intake designs alternative, 1 design objectives, 1 general information, 1 Intake structures basin entrance conditions, 58 can intakes, 11 circular plan wet pits, 18, 18f., 19f. circular pump stations (clear liquids), 5 for clear liquids, 1 confined wet well design, 19, 20f. formed suction intakes, 3, 6f. model tests, 22 rectangular intakes, 1, 3f., 4t., 5t. rectangular wet wells, 19 remedial measures, 42 for solids-bearing liquids, 15 submersible vertical turbine pump intakes, 11, 14 suction tanks, 9 trench-type intakes (clear liquids), 7, 8f., 9f. trench-type wet wells, 16f., 17 unconfined intakes, 14 Liquid level, 26 Model tests, 22 acceptance criteria, 28 flow, 26 free-surface vortices, 26, 26f. instrumentation and measuring techniques, 26 liquid level, 26 model scope, 25 objectives, 23 pre-swirl, 27 report preparation, 28 similitude and scale selection, 24 sub-surface vortices, 26f., 27 swirl in the suction pipe, 27 swirl meters, 27, 27f. test plan, 28 velocity profiles, 27 Nomenclature, 38 Pre-swirl, 1, 27 Pump suction piping, 20, 21f., 21t., 22f., 23f. Pumps constant speed pumping, 58, 59t., 60t. hydraulic phenomena adversely affecting, 1 sump volumes, 54 variable speed, 58
HI Pump Intake Design Index 1998 Rectangular intakes approach flow patterns, 1 design sequence, 5t. dimensioning, 2 open vs. partitioned structures, 2 trash racks and screens, 2 Rectangular wet wells, 19 Remedial measures, 42 approach flow patterns, 42, 43f., 44f., 45f. cross-flow, 45, 46f. expansion of concentrated flows, 46, 47f., 48f., 49f. pump inlet disturbances, 48, 49f., 51f. suction tank inlets, 50, 52f. Sluice gates, 60 Submerged vortices, 1 Submergence required for minimizing surface vortices, 29, 33f., 34f. Submersible vertical turbine pump intakes, 11, 14 Sub-surface vortices, 26f., 27 Suction tanks, 9 minimum submergence, 10, 10f., 11f. multiple inlets or outlets, 11 NPSH considerations, 11 simultaneous inflow and outflow, 11 Sump volume calculating, 54 decreasing by pump alternation, 57 minimum sequence, 55 operational sequences, 55, 56f. pump and system head curves, 55, 56f. Surface vortices required submergence for minimizing, 29, 33f., 34f. Swirl, 1 in the suction pipe, 27 meters, 27, 27f. Symbols, 38 Terminology, 35 Transition manholes, 59 Trench-type intakes, 7, 8f., 9f. approach velocity, 9 centerline spacing, 9 end wall clearance, 9 floor clearance, 9 inlet conduit elevation, 9 orientation, 9 width, 9 Trench-type wet wells, 16f., 17 Unconfined intakes, 14 cross-flow velocities and pump location, 15 debris and screens, 15 submergence, 15 Variable speed pumps, 58 Velocity, 1 Velocity profiles, 27 Vortices, 1 free surface, 1, 26, 26f. required submergence for minimizing surface vortices, 29, 33f., 34f. submerged, 1 sub-surface, 26f., 27 Wet wells (solids-bearing liquids), 15 cleaning procedures, 17 confined inlets, 16 trench-type, 16f. vertical transitions, 16 wet well volume, 17
M123 Copyright 2000 By Hydraulic Institute, All Rights Reserved.
Master Index
for Complete Set: ANSI/HI Pump Standards 2002 Release
9 Sylvan Way Parsippany, New Jersey 07054-3802 www.pumps.org
Hydraulic Institute Standards Index of Complete Set: 2002 Release
This index is not part of any standard, but is presented to help the user in considering factors beyond the standards. Note: Bold numbers indicate the standard number, non-bold numbers indicate the page number; an f. indiactes a figure, a t. indicates a table. Abrasion, 9.1-9.5: 11 severe, 9.1-9.5: 15 Abrasion resistant cast irons, 9.1-9.5: 19 Acceleration head, 6.1-6.5: 2527, 8.1-8.5: 12 Acceleration pressure, 6.1-6.5: 2527, 8.1-8.5: 12 Accessory equipment, 3.1-3.5: 4144 Accumulator, 9.1-9.5: 3 Acoustical calibration, 9.1-9.5: 50 Actuating mechanism See Valve gear Additives in liquid, 9.6.1: 4 Adhesives, 9.1-9.5: 26 Adjustment factors for alternate designs, 3.1-3.5: 42t. Affinity laws, 1.6: 16, 11.6: 28 Air entrainment, 4.1-4.6: 20 Air gap, 4.1-4.6: 7, 5.1-5.6: 12 Airborne noise, 3.1-3.5: 28 Airborne sound measurement, 9.1-9.5: 50 6 dB drop-off, 9.1-9.5: 50 acoustical calibration, 9.1-9.5: 50 averaging of readings, 9.1-9.5: 52 A-weighted sound level, 9.1-9.5: 50, 51, 52 background sound level and corrections, 9.1-9.5: 52, 54f. calculation and interpretation of readings, 9.1-9.5: 52 caution (extraneous noise), 9.1-9.5: 51 data presentation, 9.1-9.5: 52 graphic plot, 9.1-9.5: 52 instrumentation, 9.1-9.5: 50 measurements and technique, 9.1-9.5: 51 microphone locations, 9.1-9.5: 50, 51,54f.60f. microphone system, 9.1-9.5: 50 octave-band analyzer, 9.1-9.5: 50 octave-band sound pressure levels, 9.1-9.5: 50, 51, 52 operation of pumping equipment, 9.1-9.5: 50 primary microphone location, 9.1-9.5: 51 recorders, 9.1-9.5: 50 reference sound source, 9.1-9.5: 50 sound level meter, 9.1-9.5: 50 test data tabulation, 9.1-9.5: 52 test environment, 9.1-9.5: 50 test reports, 9.1-9.5: 52, 53f. Alarm limit (defined), 9.6.5: 2 Alignment, 3.1-3.5: 36, 37f. and elevated temperatures, 3.1-3.5: 38 Alignment (horizontal pumps) angular, 1.4: 3, 3f. and coupling guard, 1.4: 5 dial indicator method, 1.4: 4, 4f. final, 1.4: 6 of full pump, 1.4: 6 of gear type couplings, 1.4: 4, 5f. laser method, 1.4: 4 leveling pump and driver, 1.4: 2 misalignment causes, 1.4: 13 parallel, 1.4: 3, 3f. shaft and coupling, 1.4: 3 of spacer type couplings, 1.4: 5, 5f. of special couplings, 1.4: 5 straightedge method, 1.4: 3 and thermal expansion, 1.4: 7 of v-belt drive, 1.4: 5 Alignment (vertical pumps), 1.4: 9 misalignment causes, 1.4: 13 All bronze pumps, 9.1-9.5: 16, 17 All iron pumps, 9.1-9.5: 16, 17 All stainless steel pumps, 9.1-9.5: 16, 17 Alleviator, 9.1-9.5: 3 Allowable operating range, 1.1-1.2: 58, 2.1-2.2: 22 Allowable operating region, 9.6.3: 1 centrifugal pumps, 9.6.3: 5, 5f., 6f., 7f. factors affecting, 9.6.3: 1 large boiler feed pumps, 9.6.3: 8 vertical turbine pumps, 9.6.3: 8, 8t. Alnico, 4.1-4.6: 8, 5.1-5.6: 14 Aluminum and aluminum alloys, 9.1-9.5: 22 Aluminum bronze, 9.1-9.5: 21 American National Metric Council, 9.1-9.5: 7 American Society for Testing and Materials, 9.1-9.5: 11 Angular misalignment, 3.1-3.5: 36, 37, 37f., 38 ANSI/ASME B73.1M, 9.6.2: 1, 3, 4, 5t., 6t., 7t. 1.5x1-8 CF8M (Type 316) pump combined axis deflection evaluation, 9.6.2: 25 derating loads, 9.6.2: 22 individual nozzle load evaluation, 9.6.2: 22 1
HI Index of Complete Set: 2002 Release ANSI/ASME B73 (continued) individual nozzle load evaluation (new loads), 9.6.2: 23 nozzle stress, bolt stress and pump slippage, 9.6.2: 23 nozzle stress, bolt stress and pump slippage on baseplate evaluation (new loads), 9.6.2: 24 Y-axis deflection evaluation (new loads), 9.6.2: 24 Z-axis deflection evaluation (new loads), 9.6.2: 24 3x1.5-13 Alloy 20 pump combined axis deflection evaluation, 9.6.2: 27 derating loads, 9.6.2: 25 nozzle stress, bolt stress and pump slippage, 9.6.2: 26 Y-axis deflection evaluation, 9.6.2: 27 Z-axis deflection evaluation, 9.6.2: 27 ANSI/ASME B73.2M, 9.6.2: 11 ANSI/ASME B73.3M, 9.6.2: 1, 3, 4 ANSI/ASME B73.5M, 9.6.2: 1, 3 1.5x1-8 pump derating loads, 9.6.2: 28 individual nozzle load evaluation, 9.6.2: 29 AOR See Allowable operating region Apparent viscosity, 3.1-3.5: 19, 6.1-6.5: 27, 9.1-9.5: 5 Application guidelines, 5.1-5.6: 2326, 8.1-8.5: 12 Applications, 4.1-4.6: 11 factors in selecting rotary sealless pumps, 4.1-4.6: 1216 stripping, 4.1-4.6: 15 Approach pipe lining, 9.8: 60 ASME B73.2M 4030/28 Alloy 20 pump derating loads, 9.6.2: 31 individual nozzle load evaluation, 9.6.2: 31 size 2015/17 CF8M (Type 316) pump derating loads, 9.6.2: 30 nozzle load evaluation, 9.6.2: 30 ASTM See American Society for Testing and Materials Atmospheric head, 1.1-1.2: 57, 1.6: 5, 2.1-2.2: 22, 2.6: 6, 11.6: 5 Austenitic ductile iron, 9.1-9.5: 19 Austenitic gray cast iron, 9.1-9.5: 18 Auxiliary drive (steam) valve, 8.1-8.5: 4 Auxiliary piping, 5.1-5.6: 22 A-weighted sound level, 9.1-9.5: 50, 51, 52 Axial flow impellers, 2.1-2.2: 3, 11f. Axial flow pumps, 1.1-1.2: 4, 4f. impeller between bearingsseparately coupled single stage axial (horizontal) split case, 1.1-1.2: 46f. impeller between bearingsseparately coupled single stage axial (horizontal) split case pump on base plate, 1.1-1.2: 45f. separately coupled single stage(horizontal) split case, 1.1-1.2: 16f. separately coupled single stagehorizontal, 1.1-1.2: 15f. separately coupledmulitstage(horizontal) split case, 1.1-1.2: 18f. Axial load, 5.1-5.6: 13 Axial split case pumps casing hold-down bolts, 9.6.2: 15 coordinate system, 9.6.2: 16f. driver and pump, 9.6.2: 15 limiting factors, 9.6.2: 15 nozzle loads, 9.6.2: 15, 16f. Axial thrust calculation, 2.3: 41f., 41 terminology, 2.3: 40 vs. rate of flow, 2.3: 42, 43f. with various impeller and shaft configurations, 2.3: 38, 38f., 39f., 40f. Axial thrust (for enclosed impellers for volute pump), 1.3: 6063 Balancing See Rotor balancing Bare rotor multistage, axially split, single or double suction centrifugal pumps, 1.1-1.2: 25 single stage, axially (horizontally) split, single or double suction centrifugal pump, 1.1-1.2: 25 Barometric pressure, 6.1-6.5: 22, 23t., 8.1-8.5: 9 and altitude, 8.1-8.5: 9, 10t. Barrel or can (lineshaft) pumps, 2.1-2.2: 1, 8f. Barrel pumps See Can pumps Baseline, 9.6.5: 1 Baseplates (horizontal centrifugal pumps), 1.3: 78 defined, 1.3: 79 exterior edges, 1.3: 85 fasteners, 1.3: 81, 84 free standing baseplate, 1.3: 79, 79f. functional requirements, 1.3: 79 grout holes, 1.3: 84 grouted baseplate, 1.3: 79, 79f., 85 high-energy pump, 1.3: 79 lifting base assembly, 1.3: 85 motor mounting pads, 1.3: 80t., 81, 81f. mounting blocks, 1.3: 79, 85, 85f. mounting pads, 1.3: 79, 81f. mounting surface flatness, 1.3: 80t., 81, 81f. mounting surface height, 1.3: 80t., 81, 81f. rigidity, 1.3: 84 shims, 1.3: 79f., 79, 81 stress levels, 1.3: 8184 sub base, 1.3: 79f., 79, 85 superstructure, 1.3: 79f., 79 support and anchoring, 1.3: 86, 86f. tolerancing, 1.3: 80, 80t. torsional stiffness, 1.3: 86, 86f. Bearing, 3.1-3.5: 4, 9.1-9.5: 3
HI Index of Complete Set: 2002 Release Bearing failure mode causes and indicators, 9.6.5: 18, 21t. Bearing life, 9.6.3: 2 Bearing lubrication comparison of stabilization temperature with manufacturers standards, 1.4: 12 measurement of operating temperature, 1.4: 11, 12f. rolling element bearings, 1.4: 11 sleeve and tilting pad bearings, 1.4: 11 sleeve bearings, 1.4: 12 temperature vs. time, 1.4: 12 Bearing materials, 4.1-4.6: 15 Bearing wear monitoring, 9.6.5: 14 acoustic detection, 9.6.5: 15 bearing materials and characteristics, 9.6.5: 14 carbon bearing wear characteristics, 9.6.5: 14 contact detection, 9.6.5: 15 contact or continuity switch, 9.6.5: 15 control limits, 9.6.5: 15 frequency, 9.6.5: 15 indicators, 9.6.5: 24 means, 9.6.5: 14 power monitor, 9.6.5: 15 silicon carbide bearing wear characteristics, 9.6.5: 14 temperature probe, 9.6.5: 15 vibration sensor, 9.6.5: 15 wear detection methods, 9.6.5: 14 Bearings adjusted rating life, 1.3: 74, 75 axial load, 1.3: 74 basic dynamic radial load rating, 1.3: 74 basic rating life, 1.3: 74 dynamic equivalent radial load, 1.3: 74 external, 5.1-5.6: 19 grease, 1.3: 65 housing closures, 1.3: 70 impeller mounted between, 1.3: 58, 72f. impeller overhung from, 1.3: 58, 70, 71f. internal, 5.1-5.6: 18 labyrinths, 1.3: 70 life, 1.3: 74 lubrication, 1.3: 6567 oil lubrication, 1.3: 65 operating temperature, 1.3: 75 product lubrication, 1.3: 66t., 67 radial load, 1.3: 74 rating life, 1.3: 74 reference and source material, 5.1-5.6: 38 reliability, 1.3: 74 rolling element, 1.3: 64, 64t. sleeve, 1.3: 64 types, 1.3: 64 BEP See Best efficiency point Best efficiency point, 1.1-1.2: 58, 1.3: 56, 1.6: 1, 2.1-2.2: 22, 2.3: 17, 2.6: 1, 9.6.1: 2, 9.6.3: 1, 11.6: 3 Body, 3.1-3.5: 4, 9.1-9.5: 3 Boiler circulating pumps, 1.3: 10 Boiler feed booster pumps, 1.3: 9 Boiler feed pumps, 1.3: 8 Bolt-proof load, 5.1-5.6: 15 Booster service, 1.3: 1, 2.3: 1 Bowl assembly efficiency, 2.1-2.2: 23, 2.6: 7 calculation, 2.6: 16 Bowl assembly input power, 2.1-2.2: 23, 2.6: 7 Bowl assembly output power, 2.6: 7 Bowl assembly performance test, 2.6: 11, 11f. Bowl assembly total head, 2.1-2.2: 22, 2.6: 6 calculation, 2.6: 15 measurement, 2.6: 29f., 29 Brass leaded red, 9.1-9.5: 20 yellow, 9.1-9.5: 20 Bronze all bronze pumps, 9.1-9.5: 16, 17 aluminum, 9.1-9.5: 21 leaded nickel bronze, 9.1-9.5: 21 silicone, 9.1-9.5: 20 specific composition bronze pumps, 9.1-9.5: 16, 17 tin, 9.1-9.5: 20 Bronze fitted pumps, 9.1-9.5: 16, 17 Building services pumping systems, 9.6.1: 9 Bull ring packing, 6.1-6.5: 63, 63f. Burst disc (rupture), 9.1-9.5: 3 Bushings, 1.4: 6 Bypass, 1.4: 13 Bypass piping, 9.1-9.5: 3 Calibrated electric meters and transformers, 1.6: 31 Can intakes closed bottom can, 9.8: 13, 13f. design considerations, 9.8: 11 open bottom can intakes, 9.8: 12, 12f. Can pumps, 2.3: 1, 3f. Can pumps See Barrel or can (lineshaft) pumps Canned motor pumps, 5.1-5.6: 1 canned motor temperature, 5.1-5.6: 26 close coupled end suction, 5.1-5.6: 1, 3f. close coupled in-line, 5.1-5.6: 1, 4f. defined, 5.1-5.6: 13 driver sizing, 5.1-5.6: 25 eddy currents, 5.1-5.6: 13 horizontal mounting base, 5.1-5.6: 21 induction motor, 5.1-5.6: 13 integral motors, 5.1-5.6: 19 location and foundation, 5.1-5.6: 32 locked rotor torque, 5.1-5.6: 13
HI Index of Complete Set: 2002 Release Canned motor pumps (continued) maintenance, 5.1-5.6: 35 motor insulation, 5.1-5.6: 13 motor winding integrity test, 5.1-5.6: 40 motor winding temperature test, 5.1-5.6: 40 separated pump and motor, 5.1-5.6: 1, 5f. starting torque, 5.1-5.6: 13 submerged mounting, 5.1-5.6: 21 vertical submerged canned motor pump, 5.1-5.6: 1, 6f. Canvas packing, 8.1-8.5: 17 Capacity, 1.1-1.2: 55, 1.6: 3 Capacity See Pump rate of flow Capacity See also Rate of flow (capacity) Carbon, 9.1-9.5: 26 Carbon and low alloy steels, 9.1-9.5: 19 Carbon steel, 9.1-9.5: 19 Casing, 3.1-3.5: 4, 5.1-5.6: 18 Casing rotation, 1.1-1.2: 26 Casing types, 1.3: 76 Casing working pressure, 1.1-1.2: 60 Cavitation, 3.1-3.5: 23, 9.6.1: 3, 6, 10 damage factors, 9.6.1: 4 Cavitation erosion resistance of, 9.1-9.5: 26, 28f. Centerline mounted pumps separately coupled single stage, 1.1-1.2: 41f. separately coupled single stage (top suction), 1.1-1.2: 43f. separately coupled single stagepump on base plate, 1.1-1.2: 42f. separately coupled single stagepump on base plate (top suction), 1.1-1.2: 44f. Centerline support pumps, 1.1-1.2: 12f. Centipoises, 3.1-3.5: 19 Centistokes, 3.1-3.5: 19 Central stations, 2.3: 7 Centrifugal and vertical pumps sealed, 9.6.5: 1 sealless, 9.6.5: 1 Centrifugal pump materials, 9.1-9.5: 16 Centrifugal pumps, 1.4: 1 affinity laws, 11.6: 28 defined, 1.1-1.2: 1 horizontal pump installation, 1.4: 28 maintenance, 1.4: 15 nomenclature (alphabetical listing), 1.1-1.2: 27t. 35t. nomenclature (numerical listing), 1.1-1.2: 35t.38t. operation, 1.4: 1015 size, 1.1-1.2: 25 vertical volute pump installation, 1.4: 810 Ceramics, 4.1-4.6: 8, 5.1-5.6: 13, 9.1-9.5: 26 Check valve, 9.1-9.5: 3 Chemical packings, 8.1-8.5: 17 Chemical process pumps, 9.6.1: 6 Chemical pump, 1.3: 1 Chromates, 9.1-9.5: 11 Chromium coatings, 9.1-9.5: 23 Chromium (ferric) stainless steel, 9.1-9.5: 20 Chromium-nickel (austenitic) stainless steel, 9.1-9.5: 19 CIMA See Construction Industry Manufactures Association Circular casings, 1.3: 60, 60f. Circular plan wet pits, 9.8: 18, 18f., 19f. Circular pump stations (clear liquid) dimensioning, 9.8: 6 floor clearance, 9.8: 6 inflow pipe, 9.8: 7 inlet bell clearance, 9.8: 7 inlet bell or volute diameter, 9.8: 7 sump diameter, 9.8: 7, 7f., 8f. wall clearance, 9.8: 6 Circulation plans, 5.1-5.6: 21, 23, 24, 27f.31f. Circumferential piston pumps, 3.1-3.5: 1f., 3f., 3 Clean liquids, 5.1-5.6: 24 Cleaning, 3.1-3.5: 33 Close coupled (defined), 5.1-5.6: 12, 4.1-4.6: 7 Close coupledvane type magnetic drive pump, 4.1-4.6: 1, 2f. Closed feedwater cycle, 1.3: 6, 7f., 2.3: 9f., 9 Closed lineshafts, 2.3: 43 Closed suction tests, 2.6: 5, 5f., 6, 6f. CMP See Canned motor pump Coating systems, 9.1-9.5: 22, 2324 Cobalt alloys, 9.1-9.5: 23 Cobalt-chromium boron alloy, 9.1-9.5: 23 Cobalt-chromium-tungsten alloy, 9.1-9.5: 23 Coercive force, 4.1-4.6: 7 Column, piping, 9.1-9.5: 3 Compound gauge, 9.1-9.5: 3 Computers and accessories (precautions), 5.1-5.6: 32 Computers and computer storage and magnets, 4.1-4.6: 19 Condensate pumps, 1.3: 9, 2.3: 9 Condenser circulating water pumps, 1.3: 9, 2.3: 10 Condition points, 1.1-1.2: 58, 2.1-2.2: 22 Confined wet well design, 9.8: 19, 20f. Constant speed pumps, 9.8: 58, 59t., 60t. Construction, 2.1-2.2: 3, 6f.12f. parts listing, 2.1-2.2: 14t.18t. Construction Industry Manufactures Association, 1.3: 13 Containment bolt-proof load, 5.1-5.6: 15 driven component liner, 5.1-5.6: 14 expectations, 5.1-5.6: 23 maximum working pressure, 5.1-5.6: 15 monitoring equipment, 5.1-5.6: 15 secondary, 5.1-5.6: 15
HI Index of Complete Set: 2002 Release suction pressure, 5.1-5.6: 15 Containment shell, 4.1-4.6: 7, 12, 5.1-5.6: 14, 17 air in, 4.1-4.6: 20 draining, 4.1-4.6: 21 materials, 4.1-4.6: 15 Continuous service, 1.3: 42, 2.3: 17 Contractors Pump Bureau, 1.3: 13 Control limits, 9.6.5: 2 Controlled volume pump materials, 9.1-9.5: 18 Controls and alarms, 2.4: 8 Cooling liquid flow, 4.1-4.6: 12 path, 4.1-4.6: 7 Cooling towers, 9.6.1: 7 Copper and copper alloys, 9.1-9.5: 20 Copper-nickel alloys, 9.1-9.5: 21 Correction factor K, 3.1-3.5: 41, 42t. Corrosion, 5.1-5.6: 20, 9.1-9.5: 11, 12 allowance for metallic centrifugal pumps, 1.3: 76 in crevices, 9.1-9.5: 15 galvanic, 9.1-9.5: 13, 14 in pulp and paper applications, 1.3: 16 severe, 9.1-9.5: 15 Corrosion failure mode causes and indicators, 9.6.5: 19t. Corrosion monitoring, 9.6.5: 5 control limits, 9.6.5: 6 by electrical resistance, 9.6.5: 5 frequency, 9.6.5: 6 indicators, 9.6.5: 23 by linear polarization resistance, 9.6.5: 6 means, 9.6.5: 5 by ultrasonic thickness measurement, 9.6.5: 6 by visual/dimensional inspection, 9.6.5: 5 Corrosive properties of liquid, 9.6.1: 4 Cost evaluation, 4.1-4.6: 16 Coupling failure mode causes and indicators, 9.6.5: 19t. Couplings, 2.1-2.2: 13f., 3.1-3.5: 36, 38f., 4.1-4.6: 1 dimensions, 2.1-2.2: 13f. disk, 1.3: 68 elastomer, 1.3: 68 flexible, 1.3: 67 gear, 1.3: 67 limited end float, 1.3: 67 offset, 1.3: 67 selection, 4.1-4.6: 12 speed limitations, 1.3: 68 Cover, 3.1-3.5: 4 Cracking pressure, 3.1-3.5: 4 Credit cards (precautions), 5.1-5.6: 32 Credit cards and magnets, 4.1-4.6: 19 Critical carrying velocity, 6.1-6.5: 27, 9.1-9.5: 5 Critical speed See Dry critical speed See Lateral critical speed Cross-sectional drawings, 2.1-2.2: 3, 6f.12f. Cup type pistons composition cups, 6.1-6.5: 64, 65f. installation, 6.1-6.5: 6465 synthetic rubber cups, 6.1-6.5: 64, 65f. Curie temperature, 4.1-4.6: 7, 5.1-5.6: 14 Cyclic service, 1.3: 42, 2.3: 17 D See Displacement D See also Pump displacement D slide valves, 8.1-8.5: 4, 6f. Data packs, 9.1-9.5: 61 Data sheet, 4.1-4.6: 18f. Data sheet for pump selection or design, 3.1-3.5: 29, 30f.32f. Datum, 1.1-1.2: 55, 1.6: 3, 2.1-2.2: 19, 21f., 2.6: 3, 4f., 3.1-3.5: 16, 3.6: 4, 6.6: 4, 11.6: 3 Datum elevation, 1.1-1.2: 55f., 1.6: 3 horizontal pumps, 11.6: 3, 4f. horizontal units, 1.6: 3, 4f. vertical double suction pumps, 1.6: 3, 4f. vertical pumps, 11.6: 4, 4f. vertical single suction pumps, 1.6: 3, 4f. Dead weight tester, 9.1-9.5: 3 Deceleration devices, 1.3: 77, 2.3: 45 Decontamination of returned products, 9.1-9.5: 61 Decoupling, 4.1-4.6: 7, 5.1-5.6: 35 defined, 5.1-5.6: 14 Deep well (lineshaft) pumps, 2.1-2.2: 1, 6f. Definitions, 3.1-3.5: 45, 4.1-4.6: 710, 5.1-5.6: 12, 6.1-6.5: 2028, 8.1-8.5: 7, 9.1-9.5: 36 symbols, 9.8: 38 terminology, 9.8: 35 Deflection, 3.1-3.5: 40 p See Differential pressure pmax See Maximum differential pressure Demagnetization, 4.1-4.6: 7, 20, 5.1-5.6: 14 Dephase, 4.1-4.6: 7 Design guidelines, 8.1-8.5: 12 Design review, 9.6.5: 16 frequency, 9.6.5: 17 hydraulic application review, 9.6.5: 16 indicators, 9.6.5: 24 installation review, 9.6.5: 17 mechanical application review, 9.6.5: 16 operating procedures review, 9.6.5: 17 procedure, 9.6.5: 16 Dewatering service, 2.3: 4 Dichromates, 9.1-9.5: 11 Differential pressure, 3.1-3.5: 17, 3.6: 5, 11 Diffusers, 1.3: 76 Dilatant fluids, 3.1-3.5: 22 Dimensional designations, 1.1-1.2: 3946 Dimensionally interchangeable pump, 1.1-1.2: 25, 2.1-2.2: 3
HI Index of Complete Set: 2002 Release Direct acting (steam) pump materials, 9.1-9.5: 18 Direct acting (steam) pumps defined, 8.1-8.5: 1 double-acting pump, 8.1-8.5: 1 duplex pump, 8.1-8.5: 2 horizontal pump, 8.1-8.5: 1 inspection, 8.1-8.5: 22 nomenclature, 8.1-8.5: 3 piston pump, 8.1-8.5: 1f., 2 simplex pump, 8.1-8.5: 2, 2f. types, 8.1-8.5: 1, 1f. typical services, 8.1-8.5: 12 vertical pump, 8.1-8.5: 1 Direction of rotation, 3.1-3.5: 5 Dirty liquids, 5.1-5.6: 24 Discharge, 3.1-3.5: 33 insufficient, 2.4: 15 lack of, 2.4: 15 Discharge flow, 5.1-5.6: 36 Discharge piping, 2.4: 4, 6.1-6.5: 45, 46f. See also Piping, Suction piping air release valves, 2.4: 5 lining up, 2.4: 3 reducers, 2.4: 4f., 5 siphons, 2.4: 6 supports, anchors, and joints, 2.4: 4 valves, 2.4: 5, 6f. Discharge port, 3.1-3.5: 4, 9.1-9.5: 4 Discharge pressure, 8.1-8.5: 7 Discharge recirculation, 1.3: 43 Discharge valve position, 1.4: 12 Disk couplings, 1.3: 68 Displacement, 3.1-3.5: 14, 3.6: 2, 6.1-6.5: 20, 8.1-8.5: 7 Displacement type meters, 6.6: 13 Dissolved gases, 3.1-3.5: 19, 21f. Double suction pump specific speed, 1.3: 32, 35f., 36f. Double volute casing See Dual volute casing Double-acting pump, 6.1-6.5: 1, 2f., 3f. Dowelling, 1.4: 13 Draining, 5.1-5.6: 18 Drains, 8.1-8.5: 23 Drive (steam) cylinder, 8.1-8.5: 4 Drive (steam) end, 8.1-8.5: 3, 5f. lubrication, 8.1-8.5: 15, 23 Drive (steam) piston, 8.1-8.5: 4 Drive characteristics, 4.1-4.6: 17 Drive shaft, 1.3: 67 Drive specification, 3.1-3.5: 24 Driven component liner, 5.1-5.6: 14 Driver mounting, 3.1-3.5: 34 Driver sizing, 5.1-5.6: 25 Drivers, 1.3: 76, 2.3: 45 deceleration devices, 1.3: 77, 2.3: 45 electric motors, 1.3: 77, 2.3: 45 engines, 1.3: 77 gears, 2.3: 45 magnetic, 1.3: 77 mounting and alignment, 2.4: 6 non-reverse ratchets, 2.3: 46 pre-lubrication, 2.4: 8 pump-to-driver shafting, 2.3: 46 steam turbine, 1.3: 77 thrust bearings, 2.3: 46 variable speed, 1.3: 77, 2.3: 45 Dry critical speed, 9.6.4: 2 Dry vacuum test, 1.6: 25 Dual volute casing, 1.3: 58, 59f., 76 K versus rate of flow, 1.3: 58, 59f. Ductile iron, 9.1-9.5: 18 Duplex pump, 6.1-6.5: 2 Duplex stainless steels, 9.1-9.5: 20 Duplicate performance pump, 1.1-1.2: 25, 2.1-2.2: 3 Duplicate pump, 2.1-2.2: 3 Duty cycle, 3.1-3.5: 24 Dynamic analysis report, 9.6.4: 4, 5 Dynamic balance, 5.1-5.6: 20 Dynamic balancing, 1.1-1.2: 61 Dynamometers, 1.6: 30, 3.6: 18, 9.1-9.5: 3 calibration, 1.6: 31 Earthquake-resistance requirements, 2.4: 14 Eccentric reducers, 2.4: 4, 4f. Economic consequences of failure, 9.6.5: 2 Eddy currents, 4.1-4.6: 7, 5.1-5.6: 13, 17 drive, 4.1-4.6: 7, 5.1-5.6: 14 drive coupling, 9.1-9.5: 3 losses, 4.1-4.6: 7, 5.1-5.6: 14 magnetic coupling, 4.1-4.6: 11 Effective particle diameter, 6.1-6.5: 27, 9.1-9.5: 5 Efficiency, 1.3: 43, 2.6: 7, 5.1-5.6: 26, 6.1-6.5: 23, 11.6: 6 best efficiency point (BEP), 1.3: 56 calculation, 2.6: 15 and high suction specific speed, 1.3: 53 and impeller diameter trim, 1.3: 53 and mechanical losses, 1.3: 53 optimum, 1.3: 49 prediction charts, 1.3: 49, 50f., 51f., 52f. prediction method for centrifugal pumps, 1.3: 4957 and pump type, 1.3: 56, 56t. and slurries, 1.3: 56 and solids size, 1.3: 56 and surface finish, 1.3: 53, 54f. tolerance at specified flow rate, 11.6: 9, 11.6: 10t. and viscosity, 1.3: 53 and wear ring clearances, 1.3: 53, 55f. Elastomer couplings, 1.3: 68 Elastomeric polymers, 9.1-9.5: 24 Electric driver input power, 1.6: 7, 2.6: 7
HI Index of Complete Set: 2002 Release Electric motor input power, 1.1-1.2: 58, 2.1-2.2: 23 Electric motors, 1.3: 77, 2.3: 45 Electric power pumps, 9.6.1: 7 Electrolytes, 9.1-9.5: 12 Electronic instruments and magnets, 4.1-4.6: 19 Electronic methods of speed measurement, 6.6: 18 Elevation head, 1.1-1.2: 55, 1.6: 4, 2.1-2.2: 19, 2.6: 3, 4, 3.6: 4, 6.1-6.5: 22, 6.6: 4, 8.1-8.5: 9, 11.6: 4 Elevation pressure, 3.1-3.5: 16, 3.6: 4, 6.1-6.5: 22, 6.6: 4, 8.1-8.5: 9 Encapsulation, 4.1-4.6: 7 End plate, 3.1-3.5: 4, 9.1-9.5: 3 End suction pumps, 1.1-1.2: 4f. submersible, 1.1-1.2: 5f. End suction slurry pumps, 9.6.2: 16 Engines, 1.3: 77 Entrained air, 2.4: 3, 4.1-4.6: 14, 20, 9.8: 1 Entrained gases, 3.1-3.5: 19, 20f., 4.1-4.6: 14, 20 Entrained, non-condensable gas, 5.1-5.6: 26 Environmental consequences of failure, 9.6.5: 2 Environmental considerations, 5.1-5.6: 24 Equipment mounting drilling dimensions, 1.3: 87, 87f. Erosion, 9.1-9.5: 15 cavitation erosion resistance of materials, 9.1-9.5: 26, 28f. Erosion failure mode causes and indicators, 9.6.5: 19t. See Efficiency ba See Bowl assembly efficiency mot See Submersible motor efficiency OA See Overall efficiency p See Pump efficiency p See Pump hydraulic efficiency p See Pump mechanical efficiency v See Pump volumetric efficiency v See Volumetric efficiency V See Volumetric efficiency Excessive radial thrust, 1.3: 43 Explosive atmosphere around magnets, 4.1-4.6: 19 External bearings, 5.1-5.6: 19 External couplings and guards, 5.1-5.6: 21 External flush, 5.1-5.6: 25 External gear and bearing screw pump on base plate, 3.1-3.5: 10f. External gear pumps on base plate, 3.1-3.5: 9f. flanged ports, 3.1-3.5: 8f. threaded ports, 3.1-3.5: 8f. Fabrics, 9.1-9.5: 26 Face type seals, 3.1-3.5: 5 Face-mounted motor dimensions, 1.1-1.2: 49t. type JM, 1.1-1.2: 51t. type JM having rolling contact bearings, 1.1-1.2: 50f. type JP, 1.1-1.2: 52t. type JP having rolling contact bearings, 1.1-1.2: 50f. Failure mode causes and indicators, 9.6.5: 1, 18t. FEA See Finite element analysis Ferrite, 4.1-4.6: 8 Field test pressure, 1.1-1.2: 60, 2.1-2.2: 25 Field values between bearing, single and multistage, 9.6.4: 17f. end suction foot mounted, 9.6.4: 9f. end suction, centerline support, 9.6.4: 13f. end suction, close coupled horizontal and vertical inline, 9.6.4: 11f. end suction, frame mounted, 9.6.4: 12f. end suction, hard metal and rubber-lined horizontal and vertical, 9.6.4: 16f. end suction, paper stock, 9.6.4: 14f. end suction, solids handling, horizontal and vertical, 9.6.4: 15f. vertical in-line, separately coupled, 9.6.4: 10f. vertical turbine, mixed flow and propeller type, 9.6.4: 18f. vertical turbine, short set pumps, assembled for shipment by the manufacturer, 9.6.4: 19f. Filter, 5.1-5.6: 13 Finite element analysis, 9.6.4: 3, 5, 7 Fire pumps, 1.3: 10, 2.3: 11 First critical speed, 9.6.4: 1f., 1, 4 First mode shape, 9.6.4: 4 Fittings, 8.1-8.5: 14 Flammability, 5.1-5.6: 24 Flammable liquids or vapors, 8.1-8.5: 14 Flange loads, 3.1-3.5: 40t., 41 correction factor K, 3.1-3.5: 41, 42t. Flanges, 8.1-8.5: 14 Flexible couplings, 1.3: 67, 3.1-3.5: 36, 9.1-9.5: 3 Flexible member pumps, 3.1-3.5: 1f., 2, 2f. Flooded suction, 6.1-6.5: 25, 8.1-8.5: 10 Flow, 9.8: 26 Flow monitoring See Rate of flow monitoring Flow rate, 6.1-6.5: 20, 11.6: 3 Flow rate check, 1.4: 13 Flow rate tolerance at specified total head, 11.6: 9, 10t. Fluid drive, 9.1-9.5: 3 Fluidborne noise, 3.1-3.5: 27, 28 Fluids, 3.1-3.5: 4, 33 dilatant, 3.1-3.5: 22 miscellaneous properties, 3.1-3.5: 24 Newtonian, 3.1-3.5: 19 non-Newtonian, 3.1-3.5: 22 plastic, 3.1-3.5: 22 pseudo-plastic, 3.1-3.5: 22 rheopectic, 3.1-3.5: 22 thixotropic, 3.1-3.5: 22 time-independent non-Newtonian, 3.1-3.5: 22 Flushing and filling, 2.4: 9 Flux, 4.1-4.6: 7 density, 4.1-4.6: 7
HI Index of Complete Set: 2002 Release Foot valves, 3.1-3.5: 41, 9.1-9.5: 3 Force and mass requirements, 1.4: 1 Formed suction intakes, 9.8: 3, 6f. application standards, 9.8: 4 dimensions, 9.8: 3 Foundation, 2.3: 45, 3.1-3.5: 34, 6.1-6.5: 55 bolts, 1.4: 1, 2f., 3.1-3.5: 34, 34f., 6.1-6.5: 56, 56f. requirements, 1.4: 1, 2.4: 2 typical bolt design, 2.4: 2f. Frame mounted pumps ANSI B73.1, 1.1-1.2: 13f. lined, 1.1-1.2: 11f. separately coupled single stagemixed flow, 1.1-1.2: 21f. separately coupled single stageself-priming, 1.1-1.2: 24f. separately coupledsingle stage, 1.1-1.2: 10f., 39f. separately coupledsingle stage (vertically mounted), 1.1-1.2: 47f. separately coupledsingle stagepump on base plate, 1.1-1.2: 40f. Francis vane, 1.1-1.2: 3f., 3 Free-surface vortices, 9.8: 1, 26, 26f. Frequency-responsive devices, 1.6: 31, 6.6: 18 Friction characteristic, 6.1-6.5: 27, 9.1-9.5: 5 Friction factor, 3.6: 17 Friction head, 1.1-1.2: 57, 2.1-2.2: 22 Friction loss pressure, 6.1-6.5: 23 Full-flow bypass pressure, 3.1-3.5: 5 Fully suspended solids, 9.1-9.5: 5 Galvanic corrosion, 9.1-9.5: 13 minimizing, 9.1-9.5: 14 Galvanic series, 9.1-9.5: 13 Gap, 4.1-4.6: 7 Gap See Air gap, Liquid gap, Total gap Gas, 2.3: 21 effect on performance, 2.3: 21, 21f. Gas See Liquids with vapor or gas Gas bubbles, 9.8: 1 Gas content, 9.6.1: 4 Gaskets, 5.1-5.6: 18, 8.1-8.5: 15 Gauge head, 1.1-1.2: 55, 1.6: 4, 2.1-2.2: 19, 2.6: 3, 11.6: 4 Gauge pressure, 3.6: 4, 6.1-6.5: 22, 6.6: 4, 8.1-8.5: 9 Gauss, 4.1-4.6: 8 Gear couplings, 1.3: 67 Gear pumps, 3.1-3.5: 1f., 2, 3f., 6f.10f. Gears, 2.3: 45 General purpose service, 1.3: 1315 Gilbert, 4.1-4.6: 8 Gland, 3.1-3.5: 5 Gland follower, 3.1-3.5: 5 Gland, packing, 9.1-9.5: 3 Glossary, 9.8: 35 Graphic level recorders, 9.1-9.5: 50 Graphite, 5.1-5.6: 13, 9.1-9.5: 26 Gray cast iron, 9.1-9.5: 18 Grouting, 2.4: 3, 3.1-3.5: 35, 36f. horizontal pumps, 1.4: 5 vertical volute pumps, 1.4: 8 h See Head H See Total head h See Head hatm See Atmospheric head hd See Total discharge head hg See Gauge head hs See Total suction head hv See Velocity head H See Total head hacc See Acceleration head hatm See Atmospheric head Hba See Bowl assembly total head hd See Pump total discharge head hd See Total discharge head hf See Friction head hg See Gauge head hs See Total suction head hv See Velocity head Halide, 9.1-9.5: 11 Handling equipment, 1.4: 1 Hands and fingers (precautions), 5.1-5.6: 32 Hardware terms, 9.1-9.5: 3 Hazardous chemicals, 9.1-9.5: 61 Hazardous materials, 5.1-5.6: 32 Head, 1.1-1.2: 55, 1.6: 3, 2.1-2.2: 19, 2.6: 3, 3.1-3.5: 4, 11.6: 4 atmospheric, 1.1-1.2: 57 elevation, 1.1-1.2: 55 friction, 1.1-1.2: 57 gauge, 1.1-1.2: 55 loop manifold connecting pressure taps, 1.6: 30f. measurement, 1.6: 29, 2.6: 2731 measurement by gauge/valve arrangement, 2.6: 28f., 28 measurement by means of pressure gauges, 1.6: 30 measurement by multiple tap connections, 2.6: 28, 28f. measurement by pressure gauges, 2.6: 29 measurement by single tap connection, 2.6: 28, 28f. measurement with bourdon gauge below atmospheric pressure, 2.6: 30, 30f. measurement with fluid gauge below atmospheric pressure, 2.6: 30, 30f. net positive suction head available, 1.1-1.2: 58 net positive suction head required, 1.1-1.2: 58 pressure tap location for level A tests, 1.6: 29, 29f. pressure tap location for level B tests, 1.6: 29, 30f. single tap connection, 1.6: 29f.
HI Index of Complete Set: 2002 Release total, 1.1-1.2: 57, 59 total discharge, 1.1-1.2: 57 total suction (closed suction), 1.1-1.2: 57 total suction (open suction), 1.1-1.2: 57 velocity, 1.1-1.2: 55 Head rate of flow curve centrifugal pumps, 9.6.3: 4 vertical pumps, 9.6.3: 4, 4f. Head type rate meters, 6.6: 13, 14f. pressure tap opening, 6.6: 14, 14f. Heat exchanger, 9.1-9.5: 3 Heater drain pumps, 1.3: 10, 2.3: 11 Hermetic integrity test, 4.1-4.6: 24, 5.1-5.6: 39 Heterogeneous mixture, 6.1-6.5: 27, 9.1-9.5: 5 High alloy steels, 9.1-9.5: 19 High copper alloys, 9.1-9.5: 20 High silicon cast irons, 9.1-9.5: 19 High temperature, 5.1-5.6: 24 High viscosity, 4.1-4.6: 13, 5.1-5.6: 25 High-energy pumps, 1.1-1.2: 59, 59f., 60f., 2.1-2.2: 23, 24f. Hollow/solid shaft driver, 2.1-2.2: 2, 6f., 9f., 10f., 11f. Homogeneous flow, 6.1-6.5: 27, 9.1-9.5: 5 Homogeneous mixture, 6.1-6.5: 27, 9.1-9.5: 5 Horizontal end suction pumps adjustment factors, 9.6.2: 4, 9t. allowable combination nozzle loads, 9.6.2: 6t., 7t. allowable individual nozzle loads, 9.6.2: 5t. alternate pump mounting, 9.6.2: 3 driver/pump coupling alignment, 9.6.2: 2 grouted nonmetal baseplate, 9.6.2: 4 internal pump distortion, 9.6.2: 2 material specifications, 9.6.2: 8t. nomenclature, 9.6.2: 1, 2f. nozzle load adjustment factors, 9.6.2: 3 nozzle loads, 9.6.2: 1, 5t., 6t., 7t. nozzle stress, 9.6.2: 2 pressure-temperature, 9.6.2: 2 pump hold down bolts, 9.6.2: 2 pump mounting, 9.6.2: 2 spring-mounted metal baseplate, 9.6.2: 4 stilt-mounted metal baseplate, 9.6.2: 3 temperature and material adjustment factors, 9.6.2: 4 ungrouted metal baseplate, 9.6.2: 3 ungrouted nonmetal baseplate, 9.6.2: 4 Horizontal mounting base, 5.1-5.6: 21 Horizontal pump, 6.1-6.5: 1f., 1 Horizontal pump installation alignment, 1.4: 2 alignment of gear type couplings, 1.4: 4, 5f. alignment of spacer type couplings, 1.4: 5, 5f. alignment of special couplings, 1.4: 5 angular alignment, 1.4: 3, 3f. controls and alarms, 1.4: 8 coupling guard, 1.4: 5 dial indicator method of alignment, 1.4: 4, 4f. final alignment, 1.4: 6 final alignment check, 1.4: 6 full pump alignment, 1.4: 6 grouting, 1.4: 5 laser method of alignment, 1.4: 4 leveling pump and driver, 1.4: 2, 2f. parallel alignment, 1.4: 3, 3f. pre-run lubrication, 1.4: 7 shaft and coupling alignment, 1.4: 3 straightedge method of alignment, 1.4: 3 stuffing-box bushings, 1.4: 6 stuffing-box mechanical seals, 1.4: 6 stuffing-box packing, 1.4: 5 stuffing-box steps, 1.4: 5 suction and discharge pipes, 1.4: 7 thermal expansion and alignment, 1.4: 7 v-belt drive, 1.4: 5 Horsepower limit, 9.6.3: 3 Hot oil pump, 1.3: 1 Housing, 3.1-3.5: 4 HP and HPH vertical solid-shaft motor dimensions, 1.1-1.2: 53f., 53t., 54t. HPRT See Hydraulic power recover turbines Hydraulic action, 8.1-8.5: 15 Hydraulic disturbances, 9.6.4: 24 Hydraulic drag, 4.1-4.6: 8 Hydraulic failure mode causes and indicators, 9.6.5: 20t. Hydraulic hammer, 1.3: 22 See also Water hammer analysis Hydraulic load balance, 5.1-5.6: 13 Hydraulic parasitic losses, 4.1-4.6: 8 Hydraulic piston packing, 8.1-8.5: 17 applications, 8.1-8.5: 17 fitting, 8.1-8.5: 18, 18f. joint types, 8.1-8.5: 17, 18f. Hydraulic power recover turbines, 2.3: 12 Hydraulic pressure pump, 1.3: 14 Hydraulic resonance See Resonance Hydraulic sizing, 5.1-5.6: 25 Hydraulic slip, 4.1-4.6: 10 Hydraulic turbines, pumps used as See Pumps used as hydraulic turbines Hydrocarbon physical properties, 6.1-6.5: 50t., 51t. Hydrostatic test, 1.6: 7, 2.6: 1, 3.6: 13 assembled pump, 6.6: 10 assembled pumps, 3.6: 13 components, 3.6: 13, 6.6: 10 duration, 6.6: 10 objective, 1.6: 7, 2.6: 8, 6.6: 10 parameters, 1.6: 8, 2.6: 8, 6.6: 10 procedure, 1.6: 8, 2.6: 8, 6.6: 11 records, 1.6: 8, 2.6: 9, 3.6: 13, 6.6: 11
HI Index of Complete Set: 2002 Release Hydrostatic test (continued) temperature, 6.6: 10 test liquid, 6.6: 10 Hydrostatic test pressure, 4.1-4.6: 8 Hydrostatic tests. See Submersible pump hydrostatic test Hysteresis, 4.1-4.6: 8 Identical performance and dimensional pump, 1.1-1.2: 25 Identical pump, 2.1-2.2: 3 Impeller balancing, 1.1-1.2: 60 Impeller between bearings, 1.1-1.2: 1f., 2 separately coupledmultistage axial (horizontal) split case, 1.1-1.2: 18f. separately coupledmultistage radial (vertical) split case, 1.1-1.2: 19f. separately coupledmultistage radial (vertical) split double casing, 1.1-1.2: 20f. separately coupledsingle stage axial (horizontal) split case, 1.1-1.2: 46f. separately coupledsingle stage axial (horizontal) split case pump on base plate, 1.1-1.2: 45f. separately coupledsingle stageaxial (horizontal) split case, 1.1-1.2: 16f. separately coupledsingle stageradial (vertical) split case, 1.1-1.2: 17f. Impeller designs, 1.1-1.2: 2 axial flow, 1.1-1.2: 4, 4f. Francis vane, 1.1-1.2: 3f., 3 impeller between bearing type, 1.1-1.2: 1f., 2 mixed flow, 1.1-1.2: 3, 3f. radial flow, 1.1-1.2: 3, 3f. specific speed, 1.1-1.2: 3f. suction specific speed, 1.1-1.2: 3f. Impeller eye diameter, 9.6.1: 3, 9.6.1: 4 Impeller material, 9.6.1: 4 Impeller vanes incidence angle, 9.6.1: 2 overlap, 9.6.1: 2f., 9.6.1: 2 Impellers, 1.3: 57, 75 See also Overhung impeller pumps axial flow, 2.1-2.2: 3, 11f. axial thrust for volute pump, 1.3: 6063 with back ring, 1.3: 62f. balancing, 2.1-2.2: 25 and bearing arrangements, 1.3: 58 diameter change and pump performance, 2.3: 16, 16f. double suction, 1.3: 75 dynamic balancing, 2.1-2.2: 25 enclosed, 1.3: 76, 2.3: 44 enclosed with plain back shroud, 1.3: 61f. with inducers, 2.3: 44, 44f. mixed flow, 2.1-2.2: 3, 10f. modified radial flow, 2.1-2.2: 3, 10f. mounted between bearings, 1.3: 58, 72f. open, 1.3: 76 open (axial flow), 2.3: 44 overhung, 1.3: 58, 70, 71f. predicting pump performance after diameter change, 1.3: 48, 49f. pressure distribution on enclosed impeller shrouds, 1.3: 60f. profiles, 2.1-2.2: 2, 5f. pump characteristic curves, 2.1-2.2: 5f. radial flow, 2.1-2.2: 3 semi-open, 1.3: 76, 2.3: 44 single plane balancing, 2.1-2.2: 25 single suction, 1.3: 75 specific speed, 2.1-2.2: 2 static balancing, 2.1-2.2: 25 top suction, 1.3: 20, 21f. two plane balancing, 2.1-2.2: 25 types, 1.3: 75, 2.3: 44 various configurations and axial thrust, 2.3: 38, 38f., 39f., 40f. venting the eye of, 1.3: 20, 21f. wear ring arrangements, 2.1-2.2: 12f. Indicators, 9.6.5: 1, 22 Induced eddy currents, 5.1-5.6: 17 Inducers, 1.3: 20, 57, 57f., 2.3: 44, 44f. Induction motor, 5.1-5.6: 13 Industrial plant, 2.3: 7 Industrial pumps, 9.6.1: 9 Inert gas sniffer test, 4.1-4.6: 24 Inlet, 3.1-3.5: 4, 33, 9.1-9.5: 3 Inlet bell design diameter, 9.8: 21t., 28, 30f., 31f. Inlet boosters, 1.3: 20 Inlet geometry, 9.6.1: 2 Inlet piping geometry, 9.6.1: 2 Inlet port, 9.1-9.5: 3 Inlet pressure, 3.1-3.5: 17, 3.6: 5 Inlet system, 6.1-6.5: 3840 booster pumps, 6.1-6.5: 40 connection of piping sections, 6.1-6.5: 39f. foot valve, 6.1-6.5: 40 high points in piping system, 6.1-6.5: 39 inlet line valve, 6.1-6.5: 40 inlet piping, 6.1-6.5: 40 inlet piping diameters, 6.1-6.5: 39, 40f. inlet pressure gauge, 6.1-6.5: 40 liquid source features, 6.1-6.5: 38 multiple-pump installations, 6.1-6.5: 39 pulsation dampener, 6.1-6.5: 41 screens or strainers, 6.1-6.5: 40, 40f. suction system relationships, 6.1-6.5: 41, 42f., 43f. suction tanks, 6.1-6.5: 38f., 41 In-line pumps, 1.1-1.2: 7f. flexible coupling, 1.1-1.2: 8f.
10
HI Index of Complete Set: 2002 Release rigid coupling, 1.1-1.2: 9f. Inner magnet assembly, 4.1-4.6: 8, 12 Inner magnet ring, 5.1-5.6: 14 Inside-adjustable lost-motion valve gear, 8.1-8.5: 6f. Inside-fixed lost-motion valve gear, 8.1-8.5: 6f. Inspection, 5.1-5.6: 32, 6.1-6.5: 6566 Inspection (pre-installation), 2.4: 1 Inspection (shipment), 3.1-3.5: 33 Inspection frequency, 4.1-4.6: 21 Installation, 2.4: 2, 3.1-3.5: 33, 4.1-4.6: 19, 6.1-6.5: 56, 8.1-8.5: 14 See also Maintenance, Operation, Troubleshooting accessory equipment, 3.1-3.5: 4144 adjustment factors for alternate designs, 3.1-3.5: 42t. alignment, 3.1-3.5: 36, 37f., 5.1-5.6: 33 auxiliary connections and monitoring devices, 5.1-5.6: 33 bearings, 6.1-6.5: 60 cleaning, 3.1-3.5: 33 coupling alignment, 5.1-5.6: 33 couplings, 3.1-3.5: 36, 38f. drive alignment, 6.1-6.5: 57 driver mounting, 3.1-3.5: 34 and entrained air, 2.4: 3 flanges and fittings, 6.1-6.5: 57 flexible coupling, 6.1-6.5: 58 foot valves, 3.1-3.5: 41 forces and moments, 6.1-6.5: 57 foundation, 3.1-3.5: 34 foundation bolts, 3.1-3.5: 34, 34f. gaskets, 6.1-6.5: 58 gear drive, 6.1-6.5: 58 grouting, 2.4: 3, 3.1-3.5: 35, 36f. handling equipment, 2.4: 1 horizontal pumps, 1.4: 28 inlet piping, 3.1-3.5: 39 jacket piping, 3.1-3.5: 39 leveling, 3.1-3.5: 35, 36f. leveling the unit, 5.1-5.6: 33, 6.1-6.5: 56 limiting forces and moments for steel pumps, 3.1-3.5: 39, 40t., 42t. lining up pump discharge, 2.4: 3 location, 3.1-3.5: 33 location and foundation, 5.1-5.6: 32 lubrication, 6.1-6.5: 60 nozzle loads and criteria, 3.1-3.5: 39, 40t., 42t. outlet piping, 3.1-3.5: 39 pipe dope and tape, 6.1-6.5: 58 pipe-to-pump alignment, 3.1-3.5: 39f., 39 piping, 3.1-3.5: 38, 5.1-5.6: 33, 6.1-6.5: 56 piston rod packing, 6.1-6.5: 6064 pit dimensional checks, 2.4: 3 priming, 6.1-6.5: 57 procedure, 5.1-5.6: 32 protective devices, 3.1-3.5: 43 pump leveling and plumbness, 2.4: 3, 3f. pump location, 2.4: 3 relief valve set pressure, 6.1-6.5: 57, 58t. relief valves, 3.1-3.5: 43 rotation check, 3.1-3.5: 35 strainers, 3.1-3.5: 42 tools, 1.4: 1, 2.4: 1 V-belt drive, 6.1-6.5: 59, 59t., 60t., 60f. v-belts and sheaves, 3.1-3.5: 38, 38f. vertical volute pump, 1.4: 810 well inspection, 2.4: 2 wells, 2.4: 2, 2f. Instrument calibration intervals, 3.6: 20, 21f. Instrumentation calibration interval, 6.6: 18, 19t. fluctuation, 6.6: 6 performance test, 6.6: 6 Instrumentation options, 5.1-5.6: 22 Intake designs, 1.3: 57 alternative, 9.8: 1 design objectives, 9.8: 1 general information, 9.8: 1 Intake structures basin entrance conditions, 9.8: 58 can intakes, 9.8: 11 circular plan wet pits, 9.8: 18, 18f., 19f. circular pump stations (clear liquids), 9.8: 5 for clear liquids, 9.8: 1 confined wet well design, 9.8: 19, 20f. formed suction intakes, 9.8: 3, 6f. model tests, 9.8: 22 rectangular intakes, 9.8: 1, 3f., 4t., 5t. rectangular wet wells, 9.8: 19 remedial measures, 9.8: 42 for solids-bearing liquids, 9.8: 15 submersible vertical turbine pump intakes, 9.8: 11, 14 suction tanks, 9.8: 9 trench-type intakes (clear liquids), 9.8: 7, 8f., 9f. trench-type wet wells, 9.8: 16f., 17 unconfined intakes, 9.8: 14 Intake system design, 2.3: 46 Integral motors, 5.1-5.6: 19 Integrity tests. See Submersible motor integrity tests Interchangeable pump, 1.1-1.2: 25, 2.1-2.2: 3 Intermediate input power, 3.6: 6 Intermediate mechanism efficiency, 3.6: 6 Intermittent service, 1.3: 42, 2.3: 17 Internal bearings, 5.1-5.6: 18 Internal gear pumps close coupled, 3.1-3.5: 7f. flange mounting, 3.1-3.5: 6f. foot mounting, 3.1-3.5: 6f. frame mounting, 3.1-3.5: 7f.
11
HI Index of Complete Set: 2002 Release Internal mechanical contact, 9.6.3: 2 Internal sleeve bearings, 4.1-4.6: 12 Intrinsic induction, 4.1-4.6: 8 Iron abrasion resistant cast irons, 9.1-9.5: 19 all iron pumps, 9.1-9.5: 16, 17 austenitic gray cast iron, 9.1-9.5: 18 ductile, 9.1-9.5: 18 gray cast iron, 9.1-9.5: 18 high silicon cast irons, 9.1-9.5: 19 malleable cast iron, 9.1-9.5: 18 nickel-chromium-iron alloys, 9.1-9.5: 21 Irrigation service, 1.3: 4, 2.3: 6 Jacketed pump, 3.1-3.5: 5, 9.1-9.5: 3 Joint bolting, 5.1-5.6: 18 K See Correction factor K Kinetic pumps, 9.1-9.5: 1, 2f. impeller between bearing type, 1.1-1.2: 1f., 2 overhung impeller types, 1.1-1.2: 1f., 2, 4f.15f., 21f., 24f. regenerative turbine type, 1.1-1.2: 1, 1f., 2 special variations, 1.1-1.2: 2 types, 1.1-1.2: 1f., 1 ls See Static suction lift L See Stroke Lantern ring, 3.1-3.5: 5, 9.1-9.5: 3 Lateral critical speed, 9.6.4: 1, 1f. calculations, 9.6.4: 1 Lateral dynamic analysis, 9.6.4: 3 Lead and lead alloys, 9.1-9.5: 23 Leaded nickel bronze (nickel silvers), 9.1-9.5: 21 Leaded red brass, 9.1-9.5: 20 Leak check, 1.4: 13, 2.4: 11 Leak detection, 9.6.5: 6 control limits, 9.6.5: 7 double-walled protection, 9.6.5: 7 by flow increase, 9.6.5: 7 frequency, 9.6.5: 7 indicators, 9.6.5: 23 means, 9.6.5: 6 by sniffer inspection, 9.6.5: 6 by visual inspection, 9.6.5: 6 Leakage detection by flow increase, 9.6.5: 7 by pressure buildup, 9.6.5: 7 by sniffer inspection, 9.6.5: 7 by visual inspection, 9.6.5: 7 Leather, 9.1-9.5: 26 Legal requirements, 5.1-5.6: 24 Letter designations, 1.1-1.2: 3946 Leveling, 3.1-3.5: 35, 36f. Life cycle cost analysis, 4.1-4.6: 16 Limited end float couplings, 1.3: 67 Lineshafts, 2.3: 43 Lip seal, 9.1-9.5: 3 Liquid classification, 4.1-4.6: 14 gap, 4.1-4.6: 7 lubricating, 4.1-4.6: 14 non-lubricating, 4.1-4.6: 14 prevention of operation without liquid flow, 4.1-4.6: 19 properties, 4.1-4.6: 13 pumped liquid characteristics, 4.1-4.6: 17 shear sensitivity, 4.1-4.6: 15 vapor pressure, 4.1-4.6: 14 Liquid bypass, 6.1-6.5: 35, 36f. Liquid end, 5.1-5.6: 12, 8.1-8.5: 1f., 3 cylinder liner, 6.1-6.5: 5, 11f. gland, 6.1-6.5: 7, 7f. lantern ring (seal cage), 6.1-6.5: 7, 7f. liquid cylinder, 6.1-6.5: 5, 5f. manifolds, 6.1-6.5: 5, 5f. packing, 6.1-6.5: 7, 7f. parts, 6.1-6.5: 58, 9f., 10f., 11f., 12t. piston, 6.1-6.5: 5, 6f. plunger, 6.1-6.5: 3f., 6, 7f. stuffing box, 6.1-6.5: 7, 7f. upper crosshead, 6.1-6.5: 8, 8f. valve assembly, 6.1-6.5: 8, 8f. valve chest cover, 6.1-6.5: 5, 11f. valve plate (check valve), 6.1-6.5: 5, 11f. Liquid expansion factor, 6.1-6.5: 50, 51f. Liquid gap, 5.1-5.6: 12 Liquid level, 9.8: 26 Liquid velocity in casing throat, 9.6.3: 3 Liquids, 3.1-3.5: 4, 33 chemical symbols, 9.1-9.5: 11 clean, 5.1-5.6: 24 common polymer materials for, 9.1-9.5: 37, 38t. containment shells, 5.1-5.6: 17 dirty, 5.1-5.6: 24 effects of temperature and concentration, 9.1-9.5: 11 entrained gases in, 3.1-3.5: 19, 20f. high temperature, 9.1-9.5: 11, 12 identification and properties, 3.1-3.5: 18 low temperature, 9.1-9.5: 11, 12 material selection for maximum continuous temperature of various liquids, 9.1-9.5: 39, 40t.44t., 45t.49t. materials commonly used for pumping, 9.1-9.5: 27, 29t.37t. specific gravity, 9.1-9.5: 11 that solidify, 5.1-5.6: 24 toxicity ratings, 5.1-5.6: 23 types, 3.1-3.5: 18 volatile, 5.1-5.6: 24
12
HI Index of Complete Set: 2002 Release Liquids with vapor or gas, 1.3: 1921 effect of gas on performance, 1.3: 19, 20f. inducers (inlet boosters), 1.3: 20 special designs for, 1.3: 20, 21f. top suction impeller, 1.3: 20, 21f. venting the eye of the impeller, 1.3: 20, 21f. Lobe pumps, 3.1-3.5: 1f., 2, 2f., 12f. Location, 3.1-3.5: 33 Location of unit, 1.4: 2 Locked rotor torque, 5.1-5.6: 13 Locked-rotor torque ratings, 6.1-6.5: 38, 39t. Long-term storage, 1.4: 1 Losses, 2.3: 33 Low alloy steels, 9.1-9.5: 19 Low viscosity, 4.1-4.6: 13 Low-energy pumps, 1.1-1.2: 59, 59f., 60f. Lubricant analysis, 9.6.5: 9 control limits, 9.6.5: 11 evaluating wear rates, 9.6.5: 10 indicators, 9.6.5: 23 measuring contamination of lubricant, 9.6.5: 10 measuring inorganic contamination, 9.6.5: 10 measuring lubricant degradation, 9.6.5: 10 measuring metal particles from wear, 9.6.5: 9 measuring organic contamination, 9.6.5: 10 monitoring frequency, 9.6.5: 11 sampling techniques, 9.6.5: 11 Lubricating liquid, 4.1-4.6: 14 Lubrication, 3.1-3.5: 44, 8.1-8.5: 15 Lubrication and cooling, 5.1-5.6: 12 Magnet tape and magnets, 4.1-4.6: 19 Magnetic couplings, 4.1-4.6: 8, 5.1-5.6: 14, 19 Magnetic drive and driver sizing, 5.1-5.6: 25 Magnetic drive configurations, 4.1-4.6: 1, 2f., 3f., 4f. Magnetic drive pump, 5.1-5.6: 2 alignment, 5.1-5.6: 33 alnico, 5.1-5.6: 14 close coupled, 5.1-5.6: 2, 8f. coupling alignment, 5.1-5.6: 33 Curie temperature, 5.1-5.6: 14 decoupling, 5.1-5.6: 14, 35 defined, 5.1-5.6: 13 demagnetization, 5.1-5.6: 14 eddy current drive, 5.1-5.6: 14 eddy current losses, 5.1-5.6: 14 external bearings, 5.1-5.6: 19 external couplings and guards, 5.1-5.6: 21 inner magnet ring, 5.1-5.6: 14 location and foundation, 5.1-5.6: 32 magnetic couplings, 5.1-5.6: 14, 19 magnetic drive and driver sizing, 5.1-5.6: 25 magnets, 5.1-5.6: 14 maintenance, 5.1-5.6: 35 mounting base, 5.1-5.6: 21 neodymium, 5.1-5.6: 14 outer magnet ring, 5.1-5.6: 14 pole (N-S), 5.1-5.6: 14 precautions, 5.1-5.6: 32 rows of magnets, 5.1-5.6: 14 samarium cobalt, 5.1-5.6: 14 separately coupled, 5.1-5.6: 2, 7f. shipping precautions, 5.1-5.6: 32 slip, 5.1-5.6: 14 vertical submerged, 5.1-5.6: 2, 9f. Magnetic drives, 1.3: 77 Magnetic Material Producers Association, 4.1-4.6: 23 Magnetic materials, 4.1-4.6: 8 Magnetic slip, 4.1-4.6: 9 Magnets, 5.1-5.6: 14 assembly, 4.1-4.6: 12 assembly caution, 4.1-4.6: 21 cautions, 4.1-4.6: 19, 21, 22 component temperature, 5.1-5.6: 26 demagnetization, 4.1-4.6: 20 handling cautions, 4.1-4.6: 22 humidity effects, 4.1-4.6: 21 installation and safety considerations, 4.1-4.6: 19 permanent, 4.1-4.6: 8 shipping, 4.1-4.6: 19 temperature limits, 4.1-4.6: 20, 5.1-5.6: 26 Main drive (steam) slide valve, 8.1-8.5: 4 Main drive (steam) valves, 8.1-8.5: 4, 6f. setting (duplex pumps), 8.1-8.5: 22 setting (simplex pumps), 8.1-8.5: 23 Maintenance, 2.4: 14, 4.1-4.6: 2122, 5.1-5.6: 32, 35 access, 1.4: 1, 2.4: 2 canned motor, 5.1-5.6: 35 close running fits, 5.1-5.6: 35 examination of wear patterns, 5.1-5.6: 36 excessive power consumption, 1.4: 16 inspections, 5.1-5.6: 35 insufficient discharge flow or pressure, 1.4: 16 little or no discharge flow, 1.4: 16 loss of suction, 1.4: 16 magnet assembly, 5.1-5.6: 35 mechanical seals, 3.1-3.5: 46 noise, 1.4: 15 packing, 3.1-3.5: 46 parts replacements, 2.4: 14 preventive, 3.1-3.5: 45 spare parts, 3.1-3.5: 46 troubleshooting, 1.4: 15, 2.4: 15 wear plates, 1.4: 15 wear rings, 1.4: 15, 2.4: 14 Maintenance inspection, 9.6.5: 12 characteristics to consider, 9.6.5: 12 coupling flexible elements inspection, 9.6.5: 12 erosion inspection, 9.6.5: 13 frequency, 9.6.5: 13
13
HI Index of Complete Set: 2002 Release Maintenance inspection (continued) hydraulic performance, 9.6.5: 13 indicators, 9.6.5: 24 key/keyways inspection, 9.6.5: 12 shaft bending fatigue inspection, 9.6.5: 12 shaft torsional fatigue inspection, 9.6.5: 13 torsional overload inspection, 9.6.5: 13 Malfunction causes and remedies, 3.1-3.5: 46, 47t. 49t., 6.1-6.5: 66, 66t.68t., 8.1-8.5: 23, 24t. Malleable cast iron, 9.1-9.5: 18 Manufacturers erecting engineer, 1.4: 1 Manufacturers instructions, 1.4: 1, 2.4: 1 Manufacturers service personnel, 2.4: 1 Material Safety Data Sheets, 9.1-9.5: 61 Materials, 4.1-4.6: 15, 5.1-5.6: 20 abrasion resistant cast irons, 9.1-9.5: 19 adhesives, 9.1-9.5: 26 aluminum and aluminum alloys, 9.1-9.5: 22 aluminum bronze, 9.1-9.5: 21 austenitic ductile iron, 9.1-9.5: 19 austenitic gray cast iron, 9.1-9.5: 18 carbon, 9.1-9.5: 26 carbon and low alloy steels, 9.1-9.5: 19 carbon steel, 9.1-9.5: 19 cavitation erosion resistance of, 9.1-9.5: 26, 28f. centrifugal pumps, 9.1-9.5: 16 ceramics, 9.1-9.5: 26 chemical and physical properties, 9.1-9.5: 12 chromium coatings, 9.1-9.5: 23 chromium (ferric) stainless steel, 9.1-9.5: 20 chromium-nickel (austenitic) stainless steel, 9.1-9.5: 19 coating systems, 9.1-9.5: 22, 2324 cobalt alloys, 9.1-9.5: 23 cobalt-chromium-tungsten alloy, 9.1-9.5: 23 common polymer for various liquids, 9.1-9.5: 37, 38t. controlled volume pumps, 9.1-9.5: 18 copper and copper alloys, 9.1-9.5: 20 copper-nickel alloys, 9.1-9.5: 21 and crevice corrosion, 9.1-9.5: 15 direct acting (steam) pumps, 9.1-9.5: 18 ductile iron, 9.1-9.5: 18 duplex stainless steels, 9.1-9.5: 20 elastomeric polymers, 9.1-9.5: 24 fabrics, 9.1-9.5: 26 factors affecting selection, 9.1-9.5: 1116 galling resistance, 9.1-9.5: 15 and galvanic corrosion, 9.1-9.5: 13, 14 and galvanic series, 9.1-9.5: 13 and general design, 9.1-9.5: 12 general designations by pump type, 9.1-9.5: 1618 graphite, 9.1-9.5: 26 gray cast iron, 9.1-9.5: 18 high alloy steels, 9.1-9.5: 19 high copper alloys, 9.1-9.5: 20 high silicon cast irons, 9.1-9.5: 19 lead and lead alloys, 9.1-9.5: 23 leaded nickel bronze (nickel silvers), 9.1-9.5: 21 leaded red brass, 9.1-9.5: 20 leather, 9.1-9.5: 26 and liquid temperature, 9.1-9.5: 12, 39, 40t.44t., 45t.49t. and liquids, 9.1-9.5: 11 low alloy steels, 9.1-9.5: 19 malleable cast iron, 9.1-9.5: 18 and mechanical situation in pumping, 9.1-9.5: 15 microstructure of metals, 9.1-9.5: 15 nickel alloys, 9.1-9.5: 21 nickel copper alloys, 9.1-9.5: 21 nickel or cobalt-chromium boron alloy, 9.1-9.5: 23 nickel-chromium-iron alloys, 9.1-9.5: 21 nickel-molybdenum alloys, 9.1-9.5: 21 nickel-molybdenum-chromium alloys, 9.1-9.5: 21 non-metal, 9.1-9.5: 2426 optimizing life cost, 9.1-9.5: 12 power pumps, 9.1-9.5: 18 reciprocating pumps, 9.1-9.5: 18 reinforced fibers, 9.1-9.5: 26 rigid polymers and composites, 9.1-9.5: 25 rotary pumps, 9.1-9.5: 17 sealants, 9.1-9.5: 26 selection, 5.1-5.6: 25 and severe corrosion or abrasion, 9.1-9.5: 15 silicon bronze, 9.1-9.5: 20 and thermal or hydraulic shock, 9.1-9.5: 16 thermoplastics, 9.1-9.5: 25 thermosetting polymers, 9.1-9.5: 25 tin bronze, 9.1-9.5: 20 tin-base bearing metals, 9.1-9.5: 23 titanium alloys, 9.1-9.5: 23 used for pumping various liquids, 9.1-9.5: 27, 29t. 37t. and velocity effects, 9.1-9.5: 16 vertical pumps, 9.1-9.5: 16 for wetted pump parts, 9.1-9.5: 11 yellow brass, 9.1-9.5: 20 zinc and zinc alloys, 9.1-9.5: 23 zirconium, 9.1-9.5: 23 Maximum allowable casing working pressure, 1.1-1.2: 60, 2.1-2.2: 23 Maximum allowable inlet working pressure, 3.1-3.5: 17, 3.6: 5 Maximum allowable working pressure, 3.1-3.5: 17, 3.6: 5 Maximum differential pressure, 3.1-3.5: 17, 3.6: 5 Maximum discharge pressure, 2.1-2.2: 25 Maximum suction pressure, 1.1-1.2: 58, 60, 2.1-2.2: 22 Maximum working pressure, 4.1-4.6: 9, 5.1-5.6: 15 Maxwell, 4.1-4.6: 8
14
HI Index of Complete Set: 2002 Release MDP See Magnetic drive pump Measurement of airborne sound See Airborne sound measurement Mechanical integrity test, 5.1-5.6: 40 Mechanical seal chamber, 9.1-9.5: 4 Mechanical seal gland, 9.1-9.5: 4 Mechanical seals, 1.3: 68, 1.4: 6, 3.1-3.5: 5, 46, 9.1-9.5: 3 applications, 1.3: 68 classifications, 1.3: 68, 69f. typical schematics, 1.3: 68 Mechanical test, 1.6: 23, 2.6: 1, 22 acceptance levels, 1.6: 24, 2.6: 23 instrumentation, 1.6: 23, 2.6: 23 objective, 1.6: 23, 2.6: 22 operating conditions, 1.6: 23, 2.6: 23 procedure, 1.6: 23, 2.6: 23 records, 1.6: 24, 2.6: 24 setup, 1.6: 23, 2.6: 22 temperature instruments, 1.6: 23 vibration instruments, 1.6: 23 Metallic-type piston packing, 8.1-8.5: 19 application, 8.1-8.5: 19 clearance, 8.1-8.5: 19 joints, 8.1-8.5: 18f., 19 material, 8.1-8.5: 19 maximum temperature for ring materials, 8.1-8.5: 19t. Metals galling resistance, 9.1-9.5: 15 microstructure, 9.1-9.5: 15 Metering efficiency, 3.6: 2 Metric units, 9.1-9.5: 7 conversion factors, 9.1-9.5: 8t.10t. rounded equivalents, 9.1-9.5: 7t. Microphone locations (airborne sound measurement), 9.1-9.5: 50 axially split case centrifugal pump, 9.1-9.5: 55f. axially split case multistage centrifugal pump, 9.1-9.5: 57f. double case centrifugal pump, 9.1-9.5: 56f. horizontal end suction centrifugal pump, 9.1-9.5: 54f. horizontal reciprocating pump, 9.1-9.5: 57f. horizontal rotary gear pump, 9.1-9.5: 59f. horizontal rotary screw pump, 9.1-9.5: 59f. primary, 9.1-9.5: 51 vertical in-line centrifugal pump, 9.1-9.5: 55f. vertical reciprocating pump, 9.1-9.5: 58f. vertical rotary pump, 9.1-9.5: 60f. Microphone systems, 9.1-9.5: 50 Mine dewatering, 1.3: 4 Minimum flow, 1.3: 43 Minimum spares, 1.1-1.2: 27 Miscellaneous mechanical problems, 9.6.4: 24 Mixed flow impellers, 2.1-2.2: 3, 10f. Mixed flow pumps, 1.1-1.2: 3, 3f. Model tests, 1.6: 32, 2.6: 32, 9.8: 22 acceptance criteria, 9.8: 28 equations, 2.6: 3334 flow, 9.8: 26 free-surface vortices, 9.8: 26, 26f. at increased head, 1.6: 34, 2.6: 34 instrumentation and measuring techniques, 9.8: 26 liquid level, 9.8: 26 model scope, 9.8: 25 objectives, 9.8: 23 pre-swirl, 9.8: 27 procedure, 1.6: 32, 2.6: 3234 report preparation, 9.8: 28 similitude and scale selection, 9.8: 24 sub-surface vortices, 9.8: 26f., 27 swirl in the suction pipe, 9.8: 27 swirl meters, 9.8: 27, 27f. test plan, 9.8: 28 velocity profiles, 9.8: 27 Modified radial flow impellers, 2.1-2.2: 3, 10f. Molded ring packings, 8.1-8.5: 17 Monitoring baseline, 9.6.5: 1 failure mode indicators, 9.6.5: 1, 1821 frequency, 9.6.5: 12 indicators, 9.6.5: 2224 Monitoring devices, 4.1-4.6: 16, 20 Monitoring equipment, 5.1-5.6: 15 Motor dimensions face-mounted, 1.1-1.2: 49t. HP and HPH vertical solid-shaft, 1.1-1.2: 53f., 53t., 54t. type JM, 1.1-1.2: 51t. type JM having rolling contact bearings, 1.1-1.2: 50f. type JP, 1.1-1.2: 52t. type JP having rolling contact bearings, 1.1-1.2: 50f. Motor efficiency, 3.6: 6, 19 Motor insulation, 5.1-5.6: 13 temperature limits, 5.1-5.6: 26 Motor power, 3.6: 19 Motor winding integrity test, 5.1-5.6: 40 Motor winding temperature test, 5.1-5.6: 40 Mounting base, 5.1-5.6: 21 horizontal mounting base, 5.1-5.6: 21 submerged, 5.1-5.6: 21 vertical, 5.1-5.6: 21 Mounting, above and below floor discharge, 2.1-2.2: 2, 9f., 11f. MSDS See Material Safety Data Sheets Mud pump, 9.1-9.5: 4 Multiple screw pump, 3.1-3.5: 11f.
15
HI Index of Complete Set: 2002 Release Multiplex pump, 6.1-6.5: 2 Multistage pumps, 9.6.1: 4 Multi-volute casings, 1.3: 76 n See Speed, 11.6: 3 Natural frequency, 9.6.4: 6, 7 and resonance, 9.6.4: 23 Negative thrust, 4.1-4.6: 9 Neodymium, 4.1-4.6: 8, 5.1-5.6: 14 Net positive inlet pressure, 6.6: 5 See also Net positive suction head available, NPSHA test Net positive inlet pressure available, 3.1-3.5: 17, 3.6: 5, 6.1-6.5: 25 Net positive inlet pressure required, 3.1-3.5: 17, 23, 3.6: 1, 5, 6.1-6.5: 25, 6.6: 5, 8.1-8.5: 9 See also Net positive suction head required, NPSHR acceptable deviation of quantities, 3.6: 15 test, 3.6: 15 and viscosity, 3.1-3.5: 23 Net positive suction head, 1.3: 384 allowable, 9.6.3: 3 available, 1.1-1.2: 58 insufficient, 1.3: 43 margin, 2.3: 21 margin considerations, 1.3: 39 NPSHA corrections for temperature and elevation, 1.3: 38 reduction, 1.3: 39, 40f., 41f. reduction for liquids other than hydrocarbons or water, 1.3: 40f., 41f., 42 required, 1.1-1.2: 58 requirements for pumps handling hydrocarbon liquids and water at elevated temperatures, 1.3: 39, 40f., 41f., 2.3: 22, 23f., 24f. Net positive suction head available, 1.6: 6, 2.1-2.2: 22, 2.3: 19, 7, 6.1-6.5: 25, 6.6: 5, 8.1-8.5: 10, 9.6.1: 1, 1f., 11.6: 5 calculation on a dry-pit pump, 11.6: 30 calculation on a wet-pit pump, 11.6: 30 correction to rated speed, 6.6: 10 corrections for temperature and elevation, 2.3: 20 Net positive suction head margin See NPSH margin Net positive suction head required, 1.6: 1, 7, 2.1-2.2: 22, 2.6: 7, 6.1-6.5: 25, 6.6: 5, 8.1-8.5: 9, 9.6.1: 1, 1f., 11.6: 5 See also NPSHR test correction to rated speed, 6.6: 10 Net positive suction head required test, 2.6: 1, 18 arrangements, 2.6: 1820 at constant rate of flow, 2.6: 21f., 20, 20f. correction to rated speed from test speed, 2.6: 21 experimental deviation from the square law, 2.6: 21 objective, 2.6: 18 procedure, 2.6: 20, 20f., 21f. records, 2.6: 22 report, 2.6: 22 test suction conditions, 2.6: 22 at varying rate of flow, 2.6: 20, 21f. Net positive suction head test. See Submersible pump NPSH test Newtonian fluids, 3.1-3.5: 19 Nickel alloys, 9.1-9.5: 21 Nickel copper alloys, 9.1-9.5: 21 Nickel or cobalt-chromium boron alloy, 9.1-9.5: 23 Nickel-chromium-iron alloys, 9.1-9.5: 21 Nickel-molybdenum alloys, 9.1-9.5: 21 Nickel-molybdenum-chromium alloys, 9.1-9.5: 21 NIST, 9.1-9.5: 50 Noise, 1.4: 15, 2.4: 12, 9.6.3: 2 hydraulic resonance in piping, 2.4: 13 Noise levels, 1.3: 57, 2.3: 18, 3.1-3.5: 2729 Nomenclature, 4.1-4.6: 5t.6t., 8.1-8.5: 3, 9.8: 38 alphabetical listing, 1.1-1.2: 27t.35t. numerical listing, 1.1-1.2: 35t.38t. Non-clog pumps, 1.3: 14 Non-homogeneous flow, 6.1-6.5: 27, 9.1-9.5: 5 Non-lubricating liquid, 4.1-4.6: 14 Non-Newtonian fluids, 3.1-3.5: 22 Nonreverse ratchets, 2.3: 46, 2.4: 8 Non-settling slurry, 6.1-6.5: 27, 9.1-9.5: 5 Normal condition point, 1.1-1.2: 58, 1.6: 1, 2.1-2.2: 22, 2.6: 1, 6.6: 1 Nozzle loads axial split case pumps, 9.6.2: 15 end suction slurry pumps, 9.6.2: 16 horizontal end suction pumps, 9.6.2: 1 vertical turbine short set pumps, 9.6.2: 17 vertical-in-line pumps, 9.6.2: 10 Nozzle stress, 3.1-3.5: 41 Nozzles, 6.6: 14, 15t., 9.1-9.5: 4 NPIPA See Net positive inlet pressure available NPIPR See Net positive inlet pressure required NPSH margin, 9.6.1: 1, 10 building services pumping systems, 9.6.1: 9 chemical process pumps, 9.6.1: 6 cooling towers, 9.6.1: 7 defined electric power pumps, 9.6.1: 7 general industrial pumps, 9.6.1: 9 guidelines, 9.6.1: 4, 5t. nuclear power pumps, 9.6.1: 7 petroleum process pumps, 9.6.1: 6 pipeline pumps, 9.6.1: 10 pulp and paper pumps, 9.6.1: 9 ratio, 9.6.1: 1 slurry service pumps, 9.6.1: 9 and vertical turbine pumps, 9.6.1: 6 water/wastewater pumps, 9.6.1: 8
16
HI Index of Complete Set: 2002 Release waterflood (injection) pumps, 9.6.1: 10 NPSH See Net positive suction head NPSHA margin, 9.6.3: 3, 3f. NPSHA See also Net positive suction head available NPSHA See Net positive suction head allowable NPSHA. See Net positive suction head available NPSHR See Net positive suction head required NPSHR See also Net positive suction head required test NPSHR test, 1.6: 19 arrangements, 1.6: 19, 19f., 20f. closed tank supply, 6.6: 11, 12f. constant level supply, 6.6: 11 correction to rated speed, 6.6: 12 data presentation, 6.6: 12, 13f. equipment arrangements, 6.6: 11, 11f., 12f. level control with deep sump supply, 1.6: 20f., 20 minimizing water aeration, 6.6: 12 objective, 1.6: 19, 6.6: 11 procedure, 1.6: 20, 6.6: 12 with rate of flow held constant, 1.6: 21, 21f. records, 1.6: 22 report, 1.6: 23 suction conditions, 1.6: 22 with suction head held constant, 1.6: 21, 21f. sump supply, 6.6: 11f., 11 suppression type with constant level sump, 1.6: 19f., 19 test liquid, 6.6: 11 tolerance parameters, 6.6: 12 vacuum and/or heat control with closed loop, 1.6: 20f., 20 NPSHR. See Net positive suction head required NST See Turbine specific speed Nuclear power pumps, 9.6.1: 7 Octave-band analyzers, 9.1-9.5: 50 Octave-band sound pressure levels, 9.1-9.5: 50, 51, 52 Oersted, 4.1-4.6: 9 Off design rating procedures, 4.1-4.6: 15 Offset couplings, 1.3: 67 Oil lubricated pumps, 2.3: 44 Oil seal, 9.1-9.5: 4 Open/enclosed impeller, 2.1-2.2: 2, 6f., 12f. Open/enclosed lineshaft, 2.1-2.2: 2, 6f. Open feedwater cycle, 1.3: 7, 7f., 2.3: 9, 10f. Open lineshafts, 2.3: 43 Open suction tests, 2.6: 4, 4f., 6 Operating principles, 4.1-4.6: 11 Operating range, 2.3: 17, 17f. Operation, 4.1-4.6: 1921, 5.1-5.6: 32 bearing lubrication, 1.4: 11 bypass, 1.4: 13 checking speed, rate of flow, pressure, power, vibration and leaks, 2.4: 11 decoupling, 5.1-5.6: 35 draw-down in wells, 2.4: 11 filling, 1.4: 10 flushing, 1.4: 10 lubrication, 3.1-3.5: 44 minimum flow, 1.4: 13 parallel, 1.4: 14, 2.4: 12 precautions, 5.1-5.6: 34 pre-filling, 1.4: 11 pre-startup, 3.1-3.5: 44 prevention without liquid flow, 4.1-4.6: 19 priming, 1.4: 10 range, 5.1-5.6: 25 reduced flow, 1.4: 13 reverse runaway speed, 1.4: 14, 14f., 2.4: 12, 13f. series, 1.4: 14, 2.4: 12 shutdown, 3.1-3.5: 45 starting, 5.1-5.6: 34 start-up, 1.4: 12, 2.4: 10, 3.1-3.5: 44 stopping, 2.4: 12 system preparation, 1.4: 10, 2.4: 9 valve setting, 2.4: 10 vibration, 5.1-5.6: 35 water hammer, 1.4: 13, 2.4: 11 Operation and maintenance, 8.1-8.5: 14 Orifice, 9.1-9.5: 4 Outer magnet ring, 5.1-5.6: 14 Outer magnetic assembly, 4.1-4.6: 9, 12 Outlet, 3.1-3.5: 4, 33, 9.1-9.5: 4 Outlet port, 9.1-9.5: 4 Outlet pressure, 3.1-3.5: 16, 3.6: 4, 9 Outside-adjustable lost-motion valve, 8.1-8.5: 6f. Overall efficiency, 1.1-1.2: 58, 1.6: 7, 2.1-2.2: 23f., 2.6: 8, 3.6: 6, 6.6: 5, 11.6: 6 calculation, 2.6: 16 Overhung impeller separately coupled single stageframe mounted, 1.1-1.2: 39f. Overhung impeller pumps, 1.1-1.2: 1f., 2, 1.3: 70 close couple single stage-diffuser styleend suction submersible, 1.1-1.2: 5f. close coupled single stageend suction, 1.1-1.2: 4f. close coupled single stagein-line, 1.1-1.2: 7f. close coupled single stagesubmersible, 1.1-1.2: 6f. close coupledsingle stageend suction, 1.1-1.2: 47f. separately coupled single stageaxial flow horizontal, 1.1-1.2: 15f. separately coupled single stagecenterline mounted, 1.1-1.2: 41f. separately coupled single stagecenterline mounted (top suction), 1.1-1.2: 43f. separately coupled single stagecenterline mounted pump on base plate (top suction), 1.1-1.2: 44f.
17
HI Index of Complete Set: 2002 Release Overhung impeller pumps (continued) separately coupled single stagecenterline mountedpump on base plate, 1.1-1.2: 42f. separately coupled single stagecenterline support API 610, 1.1-1.2: 12f. separately coupled single stageframe mounted, 1.1-1.2: 10f. separately coupled single stageframe mounted ANSI B73.1, 1.1-1.2: 13f. separately coupled single stageframe mounted lined pump, 1.1-1.2: 11f. separately coupled single stageframe mounted mixed flow, 1.1-1.2: 21f. separately coupled single stageframe mounted self-priming, 1.1-1.2: 24f. separately coupled single stagein-lineflexible coupling, 1.1-1.2: 8f. separately coupled single stagein-linerigid coupling, 1.1-1.2: 9f. separately coupled single stagewet pit volute, 1.1-1.2: 14f. separately coupledsingle stageframe mounted (vertically mounted), 1.1-1.2: 47f. separately coupledsingle stageframe mounted pump on base plate, 1.1-1.2: 40f. p See Pressure P See Power Pmot See Submersible motor input power Pp See Pump input power Pw See Pump output power pacc See Acceleration pressure pb See Barometric pressure Pba See Bowl assembly input power pd See Discharge pressure pd See Outlet pressure pd See Total discharge pressure pd See Working pressure pf See Friction loss pressure pg See Gauge pressure pH See Total differential pressure Pmot See Electric driver input power Pmot See Electric motor input power pmot See Total input power Pp See Pump input power ps See Inlet pressure ps See Suction pressure ps See Total suction pressure pv See Velocity pressure Pw See Pump output power Pwba See Bowl assembly output power pz See Elevation pressure Pacemakers (precautions), 5.1-5.6: 32 Pacemakers and magnets, 4.1-4.6: 19 Packed stuffing-box, 1.3: 69, 69f., 70f. Packing, 3.1-3.5: 5, 46, 9.1-9.5: 4 allowance for expansion, 8.1-8.5: 16 basis of recommendations, 8.1-8.5: 17 canvas, 8.1-8.5: 17 chemical, 8.1-8.5: 17 clearance, 8.1-8.5: 18 drip, 8.1-8.5: 17 fitting, 8.1-8.5: 18, 18f. gland adjustment, 8.1-8.5: 16 hydraulic packing, 8.1-8.5: 17 installation, 8.1-8.5: 15 lubrication, 8.1-8.5: 17 molded ring, 8.1-8.5: 17 soaking, 8.1-8.5: 18 swelling, 8.1-8.5: 18 Packing box, 9.1-9.5: 4 Packing gland, 9.1-9.5: 4 Paper stock, 1.3: 15 See also Pulp and paper applications Parallel misalignment, 3.1-3.5: 36, 37, 37f. Parallel operation, 1.4: 14, 2.4: 12 Parallel operation and rate of flow, 2.3: 17, 17f. Parasitic losses, 5.1-5.6: 12 Partially suspended solids, 9.1-9.5: 5 Particles, 4.1-4.6: 14 Parts, 2.1-2.2: 3, 6f.12f. alphabetical listing, 2.1-2.2: 14t.18t. maintenance review, 4.1-4.6: 21 names of, 4.1-4.6: 5t.6t. Parts replacements, 2.4: 14 PATs See Pumps as turbines Percent accumulation, 3.1-3.5: 5 Percent overpressure, 3.1-3.5: 5 Percent regulation, 3.1-3.5: 5 Percent solids by volume, 6.1-6.5: 27, 9.1-9.5: 5 Percent solids by weight, 6.1-6.5: 27, 9.1-9.5: 5 Performance and selection criteria, 1.3: 21 Performance test, 1.6: 9, 2.6: 1, 9, 6.6: 1 acceptable deviation of dependent test quantities from specified values, 3.6: 7 acceptable deviation of independent test quantities from specified values, 3.6: 6 acceptable instrument fluctuation, 6.6: 6 acceptance, 3.6: 6, 6.6: 5 acceptance criteria, 2.6: 9 acceptance levels, 1.6: 9 acceptance tolerances, 1.6: 9, 2.6: 9 acceptance values, 6.6: 6 accuracy, 3.6: 7 bowl assembly, 2.6: 11, 11f. calculation of bowl assembly efficiency, 2.6: 16 calculation of bowl assembly total head, 2.6: 15 calculation of efficiency, 2.6: 15, 6.6: 9 calculation of inlet or suction pressure, 6.6: 9 calculation of input power, 6.6: 9
18
HI Index of Complete Set: 2002 Release calculation of outlet or discharge pressure, 6.6: 9 calculation of output power, 6.6: 9 calculation of overall efficiency, 2.6: 16 calculation of pump efficiency, 2.6: 16 calculation of pump input power, 2.6: 15 calculation of total differential pressure, 6.6: 9 calculation of total discharge head, 2.6: 13 calculation of total head, 2.6: 15 calculations, 1.6: 15, 3.6: 11, 6.6: 9 calculations of pump output power, 2.6: 15 calculations of total suction head, 2.6: 13 calibration interval for instruments, 1.6: 11, 12t. correcting for solids in suspension, 2.6: 18 correcting for specific weight variations, 2.6: 18 correcting for speed variations, 2.6: 17 correcting for viscosity variations, 2.6: 18 correction for solids in suspension, 1.6: 19 correction for temperature variations, 1.6: 18 correction for viscosity, 6.6: 10 correction for viscosity variations, 1.6: 19 correction to rated speed, 1.6: 17, 6.6: 10 data requirements, 1.6: 13, 2.6: 13, 14f. data sheet, 6.6: 7, 8f. differential pressure formulas, 3.6: 11 efficiency calculation, 1.6: 16 efficiency formulas, 3.6: 11 fluctuation, 3.6: 7 fluctuation and accuracy, 2.6: 11t. at increased speed, 1.6: 17, 2.6: 17 inlet conditions, 3.6: 8 input power calculation, 1.6: 15 input power formulas, 3.6: 11 instrument calibration interval, 2.6: 9, 10t. instrument fluctuation and accuracy, 2.6: 10 instrumentation, 1.6: 11, 2.6: 9, 3.6: 7, 20, 21t., 6.6: 6 instrumentation accuracy, 1.6: 11 instrumentation fluctuation, 1.6: 11 key conditions, 3.6: 8 Level A acceptance, 3.6: 6 level A acceptance, 1.6: 9 Level B acceptance, 3.6: 6 level B acceptance, 1.6: 9 liquid conditions, 3.6: 9 at non-rated conditions, 2.6: 1618 open or closed tank, 1.6: 13f. at other than rated speed, 1.6: 16 outlet pressure, 3.6: 9 output power calculation, 1.6: 15 output power formulas, 3.6: 11 plotting of results, 3.6: 12, 12f. plotting results, 1.6: 16, 16f., 2.6: 16, 16f., 6.6: 9, 10f. power correction (formula), 3.6: 11, 12f. procedure, 3.6: 9, 6.6: 7 pump (closed loop), 2.6: 11, 12f. pump (closed suction), 2.6: 11, 12f. pump (general), 2.6: 12 rate of flow correction (formula), 3.6: 11 records, 1.6: 15, 2.6: 13, 3.6: 10, 6.6: 9 at reduced speed, 1.6: 16, 2.6: 16 report, 1.6: 19, 2.6: 18, 6.6: 10 sample data sheet, 1.6: 14 setup, 1.6: 11, 2.6: 118f., 6.6: 6, 7f. for specific weight variations, 1.6: 18 speed, 3.6: 9 with suction lift, 1.6: 11f. tabulation sheet, 3.6: 10t. and temperature variations, 2.6: 17 terminology, 6.6: 15 total discharge head calculation, 1.6: 15 total head calculation, 1.6: 15 total suction head calculation, 1.6: 15 Type I, 3.6: 10, 6.6: 6 Type II, 3.6: 10, 6.6: 6 Type III, 6.6: 6 Type III and IV, 3.6: 7, 11 Type III and IV reports, 3.6: 12, 14f. witnessing, 1.6: 9, 2.6: 9, 3.6: 6 witnessing of, 6.6: 5 Performance. See also Submersible pump performance test calculation based on change in pump impeller diameter, 11.6: 29 calculation based on change in pump speed, 11.6: 29 calculation of ranges based on level A and level B acceptance criteria tolerances, 11.6: 31 Peripheral velocity, 9.6.1: 2 Permeability (magnetic), 4.1-4.6: 9 Permeance, 4.1-4.6: 9 Petroleum process pumps, 9.6.1: 6 Phenolic piston rings, 8.1-8.5: 19 application, 8.1-8.5: 19 clearance, 8.1-8.5: 20 forms, 8.1-8.5: 20 maximum concentration of chemicals, 8.1-8.5: 19t. Pilot-operated relief valve, 9.1-9.5: 4 Pipe dope, 8.1-8.5: 15 Pipe tape, 8.1-8.5: 15 Pipeline pumps, 9.6.1: 10 Piping, 2.3: 45, 3.1-3.5: 38, 5.1-5.6: 33 See also Discharge piping, Suction piping hydraulic resonance, 2.4: 13 inlet, 3.1-3.5: 39 jacket, 3.1-3.5: 39 nozzle loads and criteria (limiting forces and moments), 3.1-3.5: 39, 40t., 42t. outlet, 3.1-3.5: 39 pipe-to-pump alignment, 3.1-3.5: 39f., 39
19
HI Index of Complete Set: 2002 Release Piston cups, 8.1-8.5: 21f. assembling, 8.1-8.5: 21f. composition, 8.1-8.5: 20 inspection, 8.1-8.5: 22 installation, 8.1-8.5: 21 list of liquids and materials suitable for, 8.1-8.5: 20 nut tightening, 8.1-8.5: 21, 22f. synthetic rubber, 8.1-8.5: 21 Piston pumps, 3.1-3.5: 1f., 2, 2f., 6.1-6.5: 1, 6.1-6.5: 2f. cup type pistons, 6.1-6.5: 64 typical service, 6.1-6.5: 5354 Piston rod load, 6.1-6.5: 23 Piston rod packing drip, 8.1-8.5: 17 installation, 8.1-8.5: 15 Piston rod packing installation, 6.1-6.5: 60 allowance for expansion of packing, 6.1-6.5: 61 chemical packings, 6.1-6.5: 62 drip, 6.1-6.5: 61 gland adjustment, 6.1-6.5: 61 hydraulic piston packing, 6.1-6.5: 6263 lubrication of packing, 6.1-6.5: 62 metallic piston-ring-type packing, 6.1-6.5: 6364 molded ring packings, 6.1-6.5: 61 phenolic piston ring packing, 6.1-6.5: 64, 64t. piston packing, 6.1-6.5: 6264 Piston type, 8.1-8.5: 1f., 3 Piston valves, 8.1-8.5: 4, 6f. Pit dimensional checks, 2.4: 3 Pitot tubes, 6.6: 15 Plastic fluids, 3.1-3.5: 22 Plunger load, 6.1-6.5: 23 Plunger or piston speed, 6.1-6.5: 20 Plunger or piston velocity, 8.1-8.5: 7 Plunger packing installation, 8.1-8.5: 15 See also Piston rod packing installation Plunger pumps, 6.1-6.5: 1f., 1, 2f., 3f. typical service, 6.1-6.5: 5354 Plunger type, 8.1-8.5: 3 Poise, 3.1-3.5: 19 Poles (N-S), 4.1-4.6: 9, 5.1-5.6: 14 Polymers composites, 9.1-9.5: 16, 25 elastomeric, 9.1-9.5: 24 material selection for maximum continuous temperature of various liquids, 9.1-9.5: 39, 40t.44t., 45t.49t. rigid, 9.1-9.5: 16, 25 thermosetting, 9.1-9.5: 25 used in pump construction, 9.1-9.5: 38 for various liquids, 9.1-9.5: 37, 38t. Popping pressure, 3.1-3.5: 4 POR See Preferred operating region Positive displacement pumps, 9.1-9.5: 1, 2f. Positive thrust, 4.1-4.6: 9 Power, 1.1-1.2: 58, 1.6: 7, 2.1-2.2: 23, 2.6: 7, 3.1-3.5: 18, 3.6: 5, 6.1-6.5: 23, 6.6: 5, 11.6: 5 checking, 2.4: 11 consumption too high, 2.4: 16 correction to rated speed, 6.6: 10 input to motors, 3.6: 19 measurement, 1.6: 30, 2.6: 3132 measurements, 6.6: 17 Power check, 1.4: 13 Power consumption, excessive, 5.1-5.6: 37 Power drive end, 5.1-5.6: 12 Power end connecting rod, 6.1-6.5: 13, 14f. crankpin bearing, 6.1-6.5: 13, 14f. crankshaft, 6.1-6.5: 13, 13f. crosshead extension (plunger extension), 6.1-6.5: 14, 15f. frame extension, 6.1-6.5: 14, 15f. main bearing, 6.1-6.5: 13, 13f., 14f. parts, 6.1-6.5: 1314, 15f.18f., 19t. power crosshead, 6.1-6.5: 13, 14f. power frame, 6.1-6.5: 13, 13f. wrist pin, 6.1-6.5: 14, 15f. wrist pin bearing, 6.1-6.5: 14, 15f. Power measurements, 3.6: 1819 Power monitoring, 9.6.5: 3 control limits, 9.6.5: 3 frequency, 9.6.5: 3 indicators, 9.6.5: 22 means, 9.6.5: 3 Power plant pumps, 2.3: 9 Power pump materials, 9.1-9.5: 18 Precautions, 4.1-4.6: 11, 5.1-5.6: 34 hazardous materials, 5.1-5.6: 32 with magnets, 5.1-5.6: 32 starting, 5.1-5.6: 34 Preferred measurement units, 9.1-9.5: 7 conversion factors, 9.1-9.5: 8t.10t. rounded equivalents, 9.1-9.5: 7t. Preferred operating region, 9.6.3: 1 vertical pumps, 9.6.3: 1 Pre-installation, 2.4: 1 foundation bolts, 1.4: 1, 2f. foundation requirements, 1.4: 1, 2.4: 2, 2f. handling equipment, 1.4: 1 handling equipment for installation, 2.4: 1 inspection, 2.4: 1 installation tools, 1.4: 1 location of unit, 1.4: 2 long-term storage, 1.4: 1, 2.4: 1 maintenance and repair access, 1.4: 1, 2.4: 2 manufacturers erecting engineer, 1.4: 1
20
HI Index of Complete Set: 2002 Release manufacturers instructions, 1.4: 1, 2.4: 1 manufacturers service personnel, 2.4: 1 protection against elements and environment, 1.4: 1 receiving inspection, 1.4: 1 short-term storage, 1.4: 1, 2.4: 1 site preparation, 1.4: 1, 2.4: 1 suction and discharge pipes, 1.4: 2 tools for installation, 2.4: 1 unloading, 2.4: 1 Pre-installation hydrotest, 9.6.5: 15 axially split case pumps, 9.6.5: 16 control limits, 9.6.5: 16 double suction pumps, 9.6.5: 16 frequency, 9.6.5: 16 indicators, 9.6.5: 24 means, 9.6.5: 15 vertical double casing can type pumps, 9.6.5: 16 warnings, 9.6.5: 15 Pre-lubrication controls and alarms, 2.4: 8 drivers, 2.4: 8 lube filtration types, 2.4: 8 nonreverse ratchets, 2.4: 8 pumps, 2.4: 8 submersible pumps, 2.4: 9 Pressure, 3.1-3.5: 16, 3.6: 2, 6.1-6.5: 204, 8.1-8.5: 7 calculation of inlet or suction pressure, 6.6: 9 checking, 2.4: 11 insufficient, 2.4: 16, 5.1-5.6: 36 measurement, 3.6: 1615 measurement by gauges, 3.6: 18, 18f., 6.6: 16, 17f., 17 measurement by other methods, 6.6: 17 multiple measurement orifices, 3.6: 17, 18f. tap location, 6.6: 15, 16t. tap openings, 3.6: 17, 17f., 6.6: 14, 14f. Pressure boundary leakage failure mode causes and indicators, 9.6.5: 20t. Pressure check, 1.4: 13 Pressure monitoring, 9.6.5: 7 control limits, 9.6.5: 8 frequency, 9.6.5: 8 indicators, 9.6.5: 23 means, 9.6.5: 8 Pressure pulsation, 3.1-3.5: 27 Pressure rating, 5.1-5.6: 25 Pressure tap opening, 2.6: 25f. Pre-startup, 3.1-3.5: 44 Pre-swirl, 9.8: 1, 27 Preventive maintenance, 3.1-3.5: 45 Priming, 1.4: 10, 2.4: 9, 8.1-8.5: 14 by ejector or exhauster, 1.4: 10, 2.4: 9 with foot valve, 1.4: 10 by vacuum pumps, 1.4: 10, 2.4: 10 Priming time test, 1.6: 24 conversion factor, 1.6: 25 determination of maximum developed vacuum by means of dry vacuum test, 1.6: 25 of self-priming pumps, 1.6: 24 suction line, 1.6: 24, 25f. Probe locations, 9.6.4: 8 between bearing, single and multistage, 9.6.4: 17f. end suction foot mounted, 9.6.4: 9f. end suction, centerline support, 9.6.4: 13f. end suction, close coupled horizontal and vertical inline, 9.6.4: 11f. end suction, frame mounted, 9.6.4: 12f. end suction, hard metal and rubber-lined horizontal and vertical, 9.6.4: 16f. end suction, paper stock, 9.6.4: 14f. end suction, solids handling, horizontal and vertical, 9.6.4: 15f. vertical in-line, separately coupled, 9.6.4: 10f. vertical turbine, mixed flow and propeller type, 9.6.4: 18f. vertical turbine, short set pumps, assembled for shipment by the manufacturer, 9.6.4: 19f. Process service, 1.3: 1, 2.3: 3 Product lubricated bearings, 5.1-5.6: 13 Propeller pumps See Axial flow pumps Protection against seepage or flood, 8.1-8.5: 14 Protective devices, 3.1-3.5: 43 Proximity probes, 9.6.5: 9 Pseudo-plastic fluids, 3.1-3.5: 22 Pulp and paper applications, 1.3: 15, 9.6.1: 9 corrosion, 1.3: 16 hydraulic performance correction, 1.3: 16 paper stock and consistency categories, 1.3: 16 Pulsation dampener, 9.1-9.5: 4 Pump displacement, 6.6: 3, 8.1-8.5: 7 Pump duty cycle, 9.6.1: 4 Pump efficiency, 1.1-1.2: 59, 1.6: 7, 2.1-2.2: 23, 2.6: 7, 3.1-3.5: 18, 3.6: 6, 11, 6.1-6.5: 23, 6.6: 5, 8.1-8.5: 10 calculation, 1.6: 16, 2.6: 16, 6.6: 9 Pump hydraulic efficiency, 11.6: 6 Pump input power, 1.1-1.2: 58, 1.6: 7, 2.1-2.2: 23, 2.6: 7, 3.1-3.5: 18, 3.6: 5, 11, 6.1-6.5: 23, 6.6: 5, 11.6: 5 calculation, 1.6: 15, 2.6: 15, 6.6: 9 measurements, 1.6: 30, 2.6: 31, 3.6: 18, 6.6: 17 and viscosity, 3.1-3.5: 23 Pump location, 8.1-8.5: 14 Pump mechanical efficiency, 3.1-3.5: 18, 6.1-6.5: 23 Pump output power, 1.1-1.2: 58, 1.6: 7, 2.1-2.2: 23, 2.6: 7, 3.1-3.5: 18, 3.6: 6, 11, 6.1-6.5: 23, 6.6: 5, 11.6: 6 calculation, 1.6: 15, 2.6: 15, 6.6: 9
21
HI Index of Complete Set: 2002 Release Pump performance tests closed loop, 2.6: 11, 12f. closed suction, 2.6: 11, 12f. general, 2.6: 12 Pump pressures, 1.1-1.2: 60, 2.1-2.2: 2325 Pump rate of flow, 8.1-8.5: 7 Pump selection, 5.1-5.6: 25 Pump selection criteria axial thrust calculation, 2.3: 41f., 41, 42 axial thrust terminology, 2.3: 40 axial thrust vs. rate of flow, 2.3: 42, 43f. axial thrust with various impeller and shaft configurations, 2.3: 38, 38f., 39f., 40f. continuous service, 2.3: 17 cyclic service, 2.3: 17 handling slurry liquids, 2.3: 36 handling viscous liquids, 2.3: 22, 25f., 26f., 27f., 28f. impeller diameter change and pump performance, 2.3: 16, 16f. intermittent service, 2.3: 17 liquids with vapor or gas, 2.3: 21, 21f. losses, 2.3: 33 net positive suction head available, 2.3: 19 noise levels, 2.3: 18 non-settling slurries, 2.3: 36, 38f. NPSH margin, 2.3: 21 NPSH requirements for pumps handling hydrocarbon liquids and water at elevated temperatures, 2.3: 22, 23f., 24f. operating range, 2.3: 17, 17f. operation away from best efficiency point, 2.3: 17 parallel operation and rate of flow, 2.3: 17, 17f. pump versus system curves, 2.3: 13, 14f. pumping system requirements, 2.3: 13 and reduced rates of flow, 2.3: 18 reverse runaway speed, 2.3: 14 rotating speed limitations, 2.3: 33, 34f., 35f. and runout conditions, 2.3: 18 series operation and rate of flow, 2.3: 17, 17f. settling slurries, 2.3: 36, 38f. slurries and construction materials, 2.3: 36f. slurries and performance changes, 2.3: 36, 37f. slurries and rotative speed, 2.3: 38 speed torque curves, 2.3: 15 start-up and shut-down analysis, 2.3: 15 submergence, 2.3: 19 suction conditions, 2.3: 18 suction specific speed, 2.3: 32 system pressure limitation, 2.3: 14 water hammer analysis, 2.3: 14 Pump shaft rotation, 2.1-2.2: 3 Pump size, 9.6.1: 4 Pump speeds, 8.1-8.5: 12 Pump suction piping, 9.8: 20, 21f., 21t., 22f., 23f. Pump torque, 3.1-3.5: 18, 6.1-6.5: 23 characteristics, 6.1-6.5: 34 requirements, 6.1-6.5: 35 Pump total discharge head, 2.1-2.2: 21 Pump versus system curve, 1.3: 21, 21f., 2.3: 13, 14f. Pump vibration, 1.4: 17, 2.4: 12 Pump volumetric efficiency, 3.1-3.5: 14, 3.6: 2 Pumping chamber, 3.1-3.5: 4 Pumping system requirements, 2.3: 13 Pumping water level, 2.3: 5 Pumps characteristics, 4.1-4.6: 17 constant speed pumping, 9.8: 58, 59t., 60t. decontamination of returned products, 9.1-9.5: 61 defined, 9.1-9.5: 4 hardware terms, 9.1-9.5: 3 hydraulic phenomena adversely affecting, 9.8: 1 kinetic, 9.1-9.5: 1, 2f. materials, 4.1-4.6: 15 positive displacement, 9.1-9.5: 1, 2f. ratings, 4.1-4.6: 17 slurry application terms, 9.1-9.5: 5 sump volumes, 9.8: 54 types of, 9.1-9.5: 1, 2f. variable speed, 9.8: 58 Pumps as turbines, 2.3: 11, 12f., 13f. Pumps operating in parallel, 1.3: 42, 42f. Pumps operating in series, 1.3: 42, 42f. Pumps used as hydraulic turbines, 1.3: 11 total available exhaust head (TAEH), 1.3: 12 total required exhaust head (TREH), 1.3: 12 turbine performance characteristics, 1.3: 11, 11f., 12f. turbine specific speed, 1.3: 11 PWL See Pumping water level Q See Flow rate Q See Rate of flow Q See also Pump rate of flow Radial flow impellers, 2.1-2.2: 3 Radial flow pumps, 1.1-1.2: 3, 3f. separately coupled single stage(vertical) split case, 1.1-1.2: 17f. separately coupledmulitstage(vertical) split case, 1.1-1.2: 19f. separately coupledmulitstage(vertical) split double casing, 1.1-1.2: 20f. Radial load, 5.1-5.6: 13 Radial seal, 3.1-3.5: 5, 9.1-9.5: 4 Radial thrust calculation for volute pumps, 1.3: 58 excessive, 1.3: 43
22
HI Index of Complete Set: 2002 Release Rate of flow, 1.1-1.2: 55, 1.6: 3, 3.1-3.5: 14, 3.6: 2, 6.1-6.5: 20, 6.6: 4, 8.1-8.5: 7 checking, 2.4: 11 correction formula, 3.6: 11 correction to rated speed, 6.6: 10 measurement, 3.6: 15, 6.6: 13 measurement by displacement type meters, 6.6: 13 measurement by head type rate meters, 1.6: 26, 6.6: 13, 14f. measurement by nozzles, 1.6: 27, 6.6: 14, 15t. measurement by other methods, 1.6: 29, 3.6: 16, 6.6: 15 measurement by pitot tubes, 6.6: 15 measurement by thin square-edged orifice plate, 1.6: 27, 6.6: 14 measurement by venturi meter, 1.6: 26, 6.6: 14 measurement by volume, 1.6: 25, 3.6: 16, 6.6: 13 measurement by weight, 1.6: 25, 3.6: 16, 6.6: 13 measuring system requirements, 1.6: 25 and parallel operation, 2.3: 17, 17f. pressure tap openings, 1.6: 26, 26f. pressure tap openings for head type rate meter measurements, 6.6: 14, 14f. reduced, 2.3: 18 and series operation, 2.3: 17, 17f. straight pipe requirements associated with nozzle meters, 1.6: 27, 28t. straight pipe requirements associated with orifice plate meters, 1.6: 28t. straight pipe requirements associated with venturi meters, 1.6: 26, 27t. types, 1.6: 25 Rate of flow (capacity), 2.1-2.2: 19 defined, 2.6: 3 measurement, 2.6: 24 measurement by head type rate meters, 2.6: 24, 25f. measurement by nozzles, 2.6: 25, 26t., 27t. measurement by other methods, 2.6: 27 measurement by pitot tubes, 2.6: 27 measurement by thin, square-edged orifice plate, 2.6: 25, 26t., 27t. measurement by venturi meter, 2.6: 25, 26t. measurement by volume, 2.6: 24 measurement by weight, 2.6: 24 measurement by weirs, 2.6: 25 Rate of flow monitoring, 9.6.5: 11 control limits, 9.6.5: 11 frequency, 9.6.5: 11 indicators, 9.6.5: 24 measuring rate of flow, 9.6.5: 11 Rated (specified) condition point, 11.6: 3 Rated condition point, 1.1-1.2: 58, 1.6: 1, 2.1-2.2: 22, 2.6: 1, 3.6: 2, 6.6: 1 Receiver-pulsation dampener, 9.1-9.5: 4 Receiving inspection, 1.4: 1 Reciprocating power pumps, 6.1-6.5: 1 cup type pistons, 6.1-6.5: 64 discharge piping, 6.1-6.5: 45 foundation, 6.1-6.5: 55 foundation bolts, 6.1-6.5: 56, 56f. inlet system, 6.1-6.5: 3845 inspection, 6.1-6.5: 6566 installation, 6.1-6.5: 5660 liquid end, 6.1-6.5: 58, 9f., 10f., 11f., 12t. location, 6.1-6.5: 55 malfunctions, cause and remedies, 6.1-6.5: 66t. 68t. power end, 6.1-6.5: 1314, 15f.18f., 19t. pre-installation considerations, 6.1-6.5: 5556 protection against seepage or flood, 6.1-6.5: 55 right and left hand shaft extension, 6.1-6.5: 25 servicing space, 6.1-6.5: 55 speeds, 6.1-6.5: 2934 starting, 6.1-6.5: 3438 storage, 6.1-6.5: 55 types and nomenclature, 6.1-6.5: 1 typical services, 6.1-6.5: 29 Reciprocating power types, 6.1-6.5: 1f. Reciprocating pump materials, 9.1-9.5: 18 Recirculation, 1.3: 43 Recommended minimum spares, 1.1-1.2: 27 Rectangular intakes approach flow patterns, 9.8: 1 design sequence, 9.8: 5t. dimensioning, 9.8: 2 open vs. partitioned structures, 9.8: 2 trash racks and screens, 9.8: 2 Rectangular wet wells, 9.8: 19 Reducers, 2.4: 4, 4f., 5 Reed frequency, 9.6.4: 6 See also Natural frequency Reference materials, 4.1-4.6: 23 References, 5.1-5.6: 38 Regenerative turbine pumps, 1.1-1.2: 1f., 1, 2, 1.4: 1 impeller between bearingstwo stage, 1.1-1.2: 23f. peripheral single stage, 1.1-1.2: 22f. side channel single stage, 1.1-1.2: 22f. Reinforced fibers, 9.1-9.5: 26 Relief valve, 8.1-8.5: 15, 9.1-9.5: 4 Relief valves, 3.1-3.5: 4, 43, 6.1-6.5: 45 Reluctance, 4.1-4.6: 9 Remedial measures, 9.8: 42 approach flow patterns, 9.8: 42, 43f., 44f., 45f. cross-flow, 9.8: 45, 46f. expansion of concentrated flows, 9.8: 46, 47f., 48f., 49f. pump inlet disturbances, 9.8: 48, 49f., 51f. suction tank inlets, 9.8: 50, 52f. Repair access, 2.4: 2 Reseating pressure, 3.1-3.5: 5
23
HI Index of Complete Set: 2002 Release Resonance, 9.6.4: 23 in piping, 9.6.4: 24 Resonant frequency, 9.6.4: 6 Return materials authorization number, 9.1-9.5: 61 Reverse runaway speed, 1.3: 22, 1.4: 14, 14f., 2.3: 14, 2.4: 12, 13f. Revolution counter, 9.1-9.5: 4 Revolution counter and timer method, 1.6: 31 Revolution counter and timer method of speed measurement, 6.6: 18 Rheopectic fluids, 3.1-3.5: 22 Right and left hand designations, 8.1-8.5: 3 Rigid polymers and composites, 9.1-9.5: 25 parts, 9.1-9.5: 16 Rigidity, 9.6.4: 24 RMA See Return materials authorization number Rolling element bearings, 1.3: 64, 64t. Rotary pump materials, 9.1-9.5: 17 Rotary pumps data sheet for selection or design of, 3.1-3.5: 29, 30f.32f. noise levels, 3.1-3.5: 2729 specified conditions chart, 3.1-3.5: 24f. types, 3.1-3.5: 1, 1f. typical operating conditions, 3.1-3.5: 14 Rotary speed measurement, 3.6: 19 Rotating assembly, 3.1-3.5: 4 multistage, axially split, single or double suction centrifugal pumps, 1.1-1.2: 26 single stage, axially (horizontally) split, single or double suction centrifugal pump, 1.1-1.2: 25 Rotating speed limitations, 2.3: 33, 34f., 35f. Rotation, 1.4: 13, 2.1-2.2: 3 Rotation check, 3.1-3.5: 35 Rotation of casing, 1.1-1.2: 26 Rotation of pumps, 1.1-1.2: 26, 26f. Rotational inertia, 9.6.4: 4, 5 Rotor, 3.1-3.5: 4, 9.1-9.5: 4 Rotor balancing, 9.6.4: 20 allowable residual unbalance in pump impellers, 9.6.4: 21f., 22f. maximum looseness between balancing arbor and impeller, 9.6.4: 23 Rotor lateral vibration, 9.6.4: 1 See also Lateral critical speed Rotor torsional vibration, 9.6.4: 1 Rows of magnets, 5.1-5.6: 14 RPM See Speed monitoring Runout conditions, 2.3: 18 Rupture, 9.1-9.5: 3 s See Specific gravity S See Slip S See Suction specific speed Safety, 6.1-6.5: 55, 8.1-8.5: 14 characteristics, 4.1-4.6: 17 mechanical, 4.1-4.6: 16 secondary containment, 4.1-4.6: 16 secondary control, 4.1-4.6: 16 with magnets, 4.1-4.6: 19 Safety considerations, 5.1-5.6: 23, 9.6.5: 2 Saltation, 6.1-6.5: 27, 9.1-9.5: 6 Samarium cobalt, 4.1-4.6: 8, 5.1-5.6: 14 Sanitary pump, 1.3: 14 Screw pumps, 3.1-3.5: 1f., 3f., 3 Seal cage, 3.1-3.5: 5 Seal chamber, 3.1-3.5: 5, 13f., 9.1-9.5: 4 Seal leakage failure mode causes and indicators, 9.6.5: 18t. Seal piping, 9.1-9.5: 4 Sealants, 9.1-9.5: 26 Sealing by impregnation, 9.1-9.5: 12 Sealless (defined), 4.1-4.6: 11, 9.1-9.5: 4 Sealless centrifugal pumps advantages, 5.1-5.6: 23 alternative designs, 5.1-5.6: 16 application guidelines, 5.1-5.6: 2326 defined, 5.1-5.6: 12 design, 5.1-5.6: 1623 items to be avoided, 5.1-5.6: 21 limitations, 5.1-5.6: 23 nomenclature, 5.1-5.6: 2, 10t. reference and source material, 5.1-5.6: 38 safety considerations, 5.1-5.6: 23 special considerations, 5.1-5.6: 16 types, 5.1-5.6: 2f. uses, 5.1-5.6: 1 Sealless pumps bearing wear monitoring (plain bearings), 9.6.5: 14 failure mode causes and indicators, 9.6.5: 21t. temperature monitoring, 9.6.5: 4 Sealless rotary pumps, 4.1-4.6: 1 overview, 4.1-4.6: 11 Second critical speed, 9.6.4: 1f., 1 Secondary containment, 4.1-4.6: 9, 16, 5.1-5.6: 15 system, 4.1-4.6: 9 Secondary control, 4.1-4.6: 9, 16 system, 4.1-4.6: 9 Seismic analysis, 2.4: 14 Self-priming pumps, 1.3: 13, 14f., 15f. Separately coupled (defined), 4.1-4.6: 9, 5.1-5.6: 12 Separately coupled internal gear magnetic drive pump with secondary control, 4.1-4.6: 1, 3f. Separately coupled screw type magnetic drive pump, 4.1-4.6: 1, 4f. Series operation, 1.4: 14, 2.4: 12 Series operation and rate of flow, 2.3: 17, 17f. Servicing space, 8.1-8.5: 14
24
HI Index of Complete Set: 2002 Release Set pressure, 3.1-3.5: 4 Settling slurry, 6.1-6.5: 28, 9.1-9.5: 6 Settling velocity, 6.1-6.5: 28, 9.1-9.5: 6 Severity level, 9.6.5: 12 Sewage pumps, 1.3: 14 Shaft breakage mode causes and indicators, 9.6.5: 19t. Shaft deflection, 1.3: 70 Shaft fatigue failure, 9.6.3: 3 Shaft position monitoring, 9.6.5: 11 frequency, 9.6.5: 11 indicators, 9.6.5: 24 proximity probes, 9.6.5: 11 Shaft seal life, 9.6.3: 2 Shaft seals alternative, 1.3: 70 mechanical seals, 1.3: 68, 69f. packed stuffing-box, 1.3: 69, 69f. Shafting, 2.3: 43 pump-to-driver, 2.3: 46 Shear pin relief valve, 9.1-9.5: 4 Shear rate, 3.1-3.5: 19 Shear stress, 3.1-3.5: 19 Shipment inspection, 3.1-3.5: 33 Shipping of magnets, 4.1-4.6: 19 Short-term storage, 1.4: 1 Shut off, 1.1-1.2: 58, 1.6: 1, 2.6: 1, 11.6: 3 Shutdown, 1.3: 22, 3.1-3.5: 45 Shut-down analysis, 2.3: 15 Shutdown limit (defined), 9.6.5: 2 Shutoff, 2.1-2.2: 22 Silicon bronze, 9.1-9.5: 20 Silicon carbide, 5.1-5.6: 13 Simplex pump, 6.1-6.5: 2f., 2, 3f. Single plane balancing, 1.1-1.2: 60 Single suction pump specific speed, 1.3: 32, 33f., 34f. Single volute casing, 1.3: 58, 58f., 76 K versus rate of flow, 1.3: 58, 59f. Single-acting pump, 6.1-6.5: 1f., 1, 2f. Site preparation, 2.4: 1 foundation bolts, 1.4: 1, 2f. foundation requirements, 1.4: 1 location of unit, 1.4: 2 maintenance access, 1.4: 1 protection against elements and environment, 1.4: 1 suction and discharge pipes, 1.4: 2 Sleeve bearings, 1.3: 64, 9.1-9.5: 4 Slip, 3.1-3.5: 14, 3.6: 2, 5.1-5.6: 14, 6.1-6.5: 20, 6.6: 4, 8.1-8.5: 7 hydraulic, 4.1-4.6: 10 magnetic, 4.1-4.6: 9 and slurries, 3.1-3.5: 26 and viscosity, 3.1-3.5: 23 Sluice gates, 9.8: 60 Slurries, 2.3: 36, 3.1-3.5: 24 apparent viscosity vs. shear rate, 3.1-3.5: 25, 26f. carrier liquids, 3.1-3.5: 24 characteristics, 3.1-3.5: 24 clearance provision for particle size, 3.1-3.5: 26 concentration of solids in, 3.1-3.5: 25 and construction materials, 2.3: 36 construction materials for, 3.1-3.5: 27 corrosion effect on wear, 3.1-3.5: 27 flow velocity, 3.1-3.5: 26 hardness of solids in, 3.1-3.5: 25, 25f. non-settling, 2.3: 36, 38f. operating sequences, 3.1-3.5: 27 and performance changes, 2.3: 36, 37f., 3.1-3.5: 26, 26f. pressure relief provision, 3.1-3.5: 27 pump design for, 3.1-3.5: 27 and rotative speed, 2.3: 38 sealing against, 3.1-3.5: 27 settling, 2.3: 36, 38f. settling characteristics, 3.1-3.5: 25 shear rate effect on friction power, 3.1-3.5: 26 shear rate effect on slip, 3.1-3.5: 26 size of solids in, 3.1-3.5: 25 speed effect on wear, 3.1-3.5: 27 speed effects, 3.1-3.5: 26 testing and modeling for, 3.1-3.5: 27 wear, 3.1-3.5: 27 Slurry, 6.1-6.5: 27, 9.1-9.5: 6 Slurry application terms, 9.1-9.5: 5 Slurry service, 1.3: 1719 materials of construction for slurry pumps, 1.3: 17 non-settling slurries, 1.3: 17, 19f. relationship between concentration and specific gravity for aqueous slurries, 1.3: 17, 18f. rotational speed of slurry pumps, 1.3: 19 settling slurries, 1.3: 17, 19f. Slurry service pumps, 9.6.1: 9 Slush pump, 9.1-9.5: 4 Smothering gland, 9.1-9.5: 5 SO See Shut off Soft start drivers, 6.1-6.5: 37 Solids/abrasives in liquid, 9.6.1: 4 Soluble chloride, 9.1-9.5: 11 Sound level meters, 9.1-9.5: 50 Source material, 5.1-5.6: 38 Spacer type couplings, 3.1-3.5: 37 Spare parts, 1.1-1.2: 27, 3.1-3.5: 46 Specific composition bronze pumps, 9.1-9.5: 16, 17 Specific gravity, 3.1-3.5: 23, 3.6: 6, 4.1-4.6: 14, 9.6.1: 2 Specific heat, 4.1-4.6: 14 Specific speed, 1.1-1.2: 2, 3f., 59, 2.1-2.2: 2 Specific weight, 3.6: 6
25
HI Index of Complete Set: 2002 Release Specifications, 4.1-4 .6: 17, 18f. Specified condition point, 1.1-1.2: 58, 1.6: 1, 2.1-2.2: 22, 2.6: 1, 3.6: 2 Speed, 1.1-1.2: 55, 1.6: 3, 2.1-2.2: 19, 2.6: 3, 3.1-3.5: 14, 3.6: 2, 9, 6.1-6.5: 20, 8.1-8.5: 7, 11.6: 3 See also Reverse runaway speed checking, 2.4: 11 measurement, 1.6: 31, 2.6: 32 and viscosity, 3.1-3.5: 23 Speed check, 1.4: 13 Speed measurement, 6.6: 18 Speed monitoring, 9.6.5: 13 constant speed systems, 9.6.5: 14 control limits, 9.6.5: 14 by electric counter, 9.6.5: 14 frequency, 9.6.5: 14 indicators, 9.6.5: 24 methods, 9.6.5: 14 by revolution counter, 9.6.5: 14 by strobe light, 9.6.5: 14 by tachometer, 9.6.5: 14 variable speed systems, 9.6.5: 14 Speeds and application details, 6.1-6.5: 33 basic speed ratings and formulas, 6.1-6.5: 2933 factors affecting operating speed, 6.1-6.5: 33 high, 6.1-6.5: 34 and liquid characteristics, 6.1-6.5: 33 medium, 6.1-6.5: 33 and pump design, 6.1-6.5: 33 slow, 6.1-6.5: 34 and type of duty, 6.1-6.5: 33 Speed-torque curves, 1.4: 13, 2.3: 15, 2.4: 10 Square root law, 9.1-9.5: 6 Stainless steel fitted pumps, 9.1-9.5: 16 Standards-setting organizations, 11.6: 32 Start, 1.4: 12 Starting, 5.1-5.6: 34, 6.1-6.5: 34 with liquid bypass, 6.1-6.5: 35, 36f. without liquid bypass, 6.1-6.5: 35 pump torque characteristics, 6.1-6.5: 34 pump torque requirements, 6.1-6.5: 35 soft start drivers, 6.1-6.5: 37 torque, 5.1-5.6: 13 Start-to-discharge pressure, 3.1-3.5: 4 Start-up, 2.4: 10, 3.1-3.5: 44 across-the-line, 2.4: 10 caution, 2.4: 10 discharge valve position, 1.4: 12 dowelling, 1.4: 13 final alignment check, 1.4: 13 flow rate check, 1.4: 13 leak check, 1.4: 13 misalignment causes, 1.4: 13 motor, 1.4: 13 power check, 1.4: 13 pressure check, 1.4: 13 reduced voltage, 2.4: 10 rotation, 1.4: 13 speed check, 1.4: 13 speed-torque curves, 1.4: 13, 2.4: 10 valve setting, 2.4: 11 vibration check, 1.4: 13 with closed discharge valve, 1.3: 22 with open discharge valve, 1.3: 22 Start-up analysis, 2.3: 15 Static balancing, 1.1-1.2: 60 Static suction lift, 1.1-1.2: 58, 2.1-2.2: 22, 6.1-6.5: 25, 8.1-8.5: 10 Static water level, 2.3: 5 Stator, 3.1-3.5: 4 Steam electric power plants, 1.3: 4, 5f., 2.3: 6 boiler circulating pumps, 1.3: 10 boiler feed booster pumps, 1.3: 9 boiler feed pumps, 1.3: 8 closed feedwater cycle, 1.3: 6, 7f. condensate pumps, 1.3: 9 condenser circulating pumps, 1.3: 9 heater drain pumps, 1.3: 10 open feedwater cycle, 1.3: 7, 7f. pumps, 1.3: 8 steam power cycle, 1.3: 4, 5f. Steam jacket, 9.1-9.5: 5 Steam power cycle, 1.3: 4, 5f., 2.3: 7f., 7 Steam power plants, 2.3: 6, 8f. closed feedwater cycle, 2.3: 9f., 9 condensate pumps, 2.3: 9 condenser circulating water pumps, 2.3: 10 heater drain pumps, 2.3: 11 open feedwater cycle, 2.3: 9, 10f. power plant pumps, 2.3: 9 steam electric power plants, 2.3: 6 steam power cycle, 2.3: 7f., 7 Steam turbine drivers, 1.3: 77 Steel all stainless steel pumps, 9.1-9.5: 16, 17 carbon and low alloy steels, 9.1-9.5: 19 chromium (ferric) stainless steel, 9.1-9.5: 20 chromium-nickel (austenitic) stainless steel, 9.1-9.5: 19 duplex stainless steels, 9.1-9.5: 20 high alloy steels, 9.1-9.5: 19 stainless steel fitted pumps, 9.1-9.5: 16 Stoke, 3.1-3.5: 19 Stop valve, 9.1-9.5: 5 Stopping, 2.4: 12 Storage, 1.4: 1, 3.1-3.5: 33, 8.1-8.5: 14 Storage (pre-installation), 2.4: 1
26
HI Index of Complete Set: 2002 Release Strain gauge type torque measuring devices, 1.6: 30, 31 Strainers, 3.1-3.5: 42, 5.1-5.6: 13 Stripping applications, 4.1-4.6: 15 Stroboscopes, 1.6: 31, 6.6: 18 Stroke, 6.1-6.5: 20, 6.6: 3, 8.1-8.5: 7 Structure dynamic analysis, 9.6.4: 7 Structure lateral vibration, 9.6.4: 1, 6 vertical dry pit pumps, 9.6.4: 6 vertical wet pit pumps, 9.6.4: 6 Structureborne noise, 3.1-3.5: 28 Stuffing box, 3.1-3.5: 5, 13f., 9.1-9.5: 5 area, 1.1-1.2: 48f. bushings, 1.4: 6, 9.1-9.5: 5 mechanical seals, 1.4: 6, 2.4: 7 packing, 1.4: 5, 2.4: 7, 7f. Submerged mounting, 5.1-5.6: 21 Submerged suction, 1.1-1.2: 58, 2.1-2.2: 22, 6.1-6.5: 24, 8.1-8.5: 10 Submerged vortices, 9.8: 1 Submergence, 1.1-1.2: 57, 2.3: 19 Submergence required for minimizing surface vortices, 9.8: 29, 33f., 34f. Submersible motor efficiency, 11.6: 6 Submersible motor input power, 11.6: 6 Submersible motor integrity tests electrical continuity and resistance test, 11.6: 16 electrical high-potential test, 11.6: 17 electrical megohmmeter resistance test, 11.6: 17 housing pressure test, 11.6: 16, 16f. housing vacuum check, 11.6: 16, 17f. objective, 11.6: 15 records, 11.6: 17 setup and procedure, 11.6: 15 Submersible pump hydrostatic test acceptance criteria, 11.6: 12 objective, 11.6: 10 procedure, 11.6: 11 records, 11.6: 12 setup, 11.6: 11, 11f. Submersible pump NPSH test, 11.6: 12 acceptance criteria, 11.6: 15 closed-loop dry pit setup, 11.6: 13f., 13 closed-loop wet pit setup, 11.6: 13, 14f. with flow rate held constant, 11.6: 14 objective, 11.6: 12 procedure, 11.6: 14 records, 11.6: 15 setup, 11.6: 12, 12f., 13f., 14f. with suction head held constant, 11.6: 14, 15f. suction throttling setup, 11.6: 12f., 12 variable lift setup, 11.6: 13f., 13 Submersible pump performance test acceptance criteria, 11.6: 9 dry pit setup, 11.6: 7, 8f. efficiency tolerance at specified flow rate, 11.6: 9, 10t. flow rate tolerance at specified total head, 11.6: 9, 10t. objective, 11.6: 7 pretest data requirements, 11.6: 10 procedure, 11.6: 8 records, 11.6: 10 setup, 11.6: 7, 7f., 8f. test curve, 11.6: 10, 11f. total head tolerance at specified flow rate, 11.6: 9t., 9 wet pit setup, 11.6: 7, 7f. Submersible pump tests, 11.6: 1 flow-measuring systems, 11.6: 19 gauges in head measurement, 11.6: 24, 26f. instrument calibration intervals, 11.6: 18,: 21t. instrument fluctuation and inaccuracy, 11.6: 18, 21t. model tests, 11.6: 27 noncontact type flow meters in rate of flow measurement, 11.6: 24 pressure differential meters in rate of flow measurement, 11.6: 22, 22t., 23t. pressure tap location for head measurement, 11.6: 24, 25f. pump input power measurement, 11.6: 25 rotary speed measurement, 11.6: 26 rotating type flow meters in rate of flow measurement, 11.6: 22 routine production tests, 11.6: 1 standards-setting organizations, 11.6: 32 subscripts, 11.6: 3t. symbols, 11.6: 2t. temperature measurement, 11.6: 27 terminology and definitions, 11.6: 1 test conditions, 11.6: 1 test types, 11.6: 1 weirs in rate of flow measurement, 11.6: 22 witnessing of tests, 11.6: 1 Submersible pump vibration test acceptance criteria, 11.6: 18 objective, 11.6: 18 procedure, 11.6: 18 pump support, 11.6: 18 records, 11.6: 18 setup, 11.6: 18 vibration instrumentation (transducer), 11.6: 18, 19f. vibration limits, 11.6: 18, 20f. Submersible pumps, 1.1-1.2: 5f., 6f., 2.1-2.2: 2, 7f. special considerations, 2.4: 9 Submersible vertical turbine pump intakes, 9.8: 11, 14 Subscripts, 1.1-1.2: 57t., 1.3: 3t., 1.6: 3t., 2.1-2.2: 19, 21t., 2.3: 3t., 2.6: 3t., 3.1-3.5: 16t., 3.6: 4t., 6.1-6.5: 22t., 6.6: 1, 3t., 8.1-8.5: 9t. Sub-surface vortices, 9.8: 26f., 27
27
HI Index of Complete Set: 2002 Release Suction, 3.1-3.5: 33 loss of, 2.4: 16, 5.1-5.6: 37 pressure, 5.1-5.6: 15 Suction and discharge pipes, 1.4: 2 expansion joints and couplings, 1.4: 7 flat faced flanges, 1.4: 7 pipe support and anchors, 1.4: 7 requirements, 1.4: 7, 8 Suction conditions, 1.1-1.2: 58, 1.3: 57, 2.1-2.2: 22, 2.3: 18, 6.1-6.5: 24, 8.1-8.5: 10 Suction energy, 9.6.1: 10, 5 determination, 9.6.1: 3, 3f. factors, 9.6.1: 2 Suction energy level, 9.6.1: 1 Suction nozzle, 9.1-9.5: 5 Suction piping, 2.4: 4 See also Discharge piping, Piping eccentric reducers, 2.4: 4, 4f. elbows, 2.4: 5 reducers, 2.4: 4, 4f., 5 requirements, 2.4: 4 strainers, 2.4: 5 supports, anchors, and joints, 2.4: 4 tanks, 2.4: 5 valves, 2.4: 5 Suction port, 3.1-3.5: 4, 9.1-9.5: 3 Suction pressure, 1.1-1.2: 60, 8.1-8.5: 7 Suction pumps, 1.1-1.2: 4f. datum elevations, 1.1-1.2: 55f. submersible, 1.1-1.2: 5f. Suction recirculation, 1.3: 43, 9.6.3: 5 centrifugal pumps, 9.6.3: 5, 5f., 6f., 7f. large boiler feed pumps, 9.6.3: 8 vertical turbine pumps, 9.6.3: 8, 8t. Suction specific speed, 1.1-1.2: 3f., 3, 1.3: 32, 33f., 34f., 35f., 36f., 2.3: 32, 9.6.1: 1, 9.6.3: 5 Suction system relationships, 6.1-6.5: 41, 42f., 43f. Suction tanks, 9.8: 9 minimum submergence, 9.8: 10, 10f., 11f. multiple inlets or outlets, 9.8: 11 NPSH considerations, 9.8: 11 simultaneous inflow and outflow, 9.8: 11 Sump volume calculating, 9.8: 54 decreasing by pump alternation, 9.8: 57 minimum sequence, 9.8: 55 operational sequences, 9.8: 55, 56f. pump and system head curves, 9.8: 55, 56f. Surface vortices required submergence for minimizing, 9.8: 29, 33f., 34f. Swirl, 9.8: 1 in the suction pipe, 9.8: 27 meters, 9.8: 27, 27f. SWL See Static water level Symbols, 1.1-1.2: 56t., 1.3: 1, 2t., 1.6: 2t., 2.1-2.2: 19, 20t., 2.3: 1, 2t., 3t., 2.6: 2t., 3.1-3.5: 15t., 3.6: 3t., 6.1-6.5: 21t., 6.6: 1, 2t., 8.1-8.5: 8t., 9.8: 38 Synchronous drive, 4.1-4.6: 10 Synchronous magnet coupling, 4.1-4.6: 11 System piping, 2.3: 45 System preparation, 2.4: 9 filling, 1.4: 10 flushing, 1.4: 10 pre-filling, 1.4: 11 priming, 1.4: 10 System pressure limitation, 1.3: 22, 2.3: 14 System ratings, 4.1-4.6: 17 System requirements, 1.3: 21 double suction pump specific speed, 1.3: 32, 35f., 36f. effects of handling viscous liquids, 1.3: 23, 24f., 25f., 26f., 27f. net positive suction head, 1.3: 3842 NPSH margin considerations, 1.3: 39 NPSH reduction, 1.3: 39, 40f., 41f. NPSH reduction for liquids other than hydrocarbons or water, 1.3: 40f., 41f., 42 NPSH requirements for pumps handling hydrocarbon liquids and water at elevated temperatures, 1.3: 39, 40f., 41f. NPSHA corrections for temperature and elevation, 1.3: 38 pump selection for a given head, rate of flow, and viscosity, 1.3: 28 pump versus system curve, 1.3: 21, 21f. reverse runaway speed, 1.3: 22 shut-down, 1.3: 22 single suction pump specific speed, 1.3: 32, 33f., 34f. starting with closed discharge valve, 1.3: 22 starting with open discharge valve, 1.3: 22 start-up, 1.3: 22 suction specific speed, 1.3: 32, 33f., 34f., 35f., 36f. system pressure limitation, 1.3: 22 torque curves, 1.3: 23, 23f. viscous liquid calculations, 1.3: 30t., 31, 32t. viscous liquid performance correction chart limitations, 1.3: 23 viscous liquid performance curves, 1.3: 30f., 30, 31f. viscous liquid performance when water performance is known, 1.3: 29, 30f., 31f. viscous liquid symbols and definitions, 1.3: 28 water hammer, 1.3: 22 t See Temperature Tachometers, 1.6: 31, 6.6: 18, 9.1-9.5: 5 TAEH See Total available exhaust head Tail rod, 6.6: 3
28
HI Index of Complete Set: 2002 Release Tape recorders, 9.1-9.5: 50 Temperature, 3.1-3.5: 18, 4.1-4.6: 13 bearing, 1.3: 75 correction, 3.6: 13 Curie, 4.1-4.6: 7, 5.1-5.6: 14 effects on NPSH and drive section, 5.1-5.6: 25 high, 5.1-5.6: 24 in hydrostatic test, 6.6: 10 instruments, 1.6: 32 internal rise, 4.1-4.6: 20 limits, 1.4: 12, 5.1-5.6: 13 limits of magnets, 4.1-4.6: 20 limits on end suction pumps, 1.3: 78, 78t. measurement, 1.4: 11, 1.6: 32, 3.6: 20, 6.6: 18 rise in drive section, 5.1-5.6: 13 vs. time, 1.4: 12, 12f. Temperature buildup, 1.3: 43 Temperature measurement and instruments, 2.6: 32 Temperature monitoring, 9.6.5: 3 control limits, 9.6.5: 5 frequency, 9.6.5: 5 indicators, 9.6.5: 23 liquid film bearing and seal faces temperatures, 9.6.5: 4 means, 9.6.5: 4 motor winding temperature, 9.6.5: 4 pumped liquid temperature rise, 9.6.5: 4 rolling element bearing temperatures, 9.6.5: 4 sealless pump liquid temperature, 9.6.5: 4 sealless pump temperature damage, 9.6.5: 5 temperature sensitive fluids, 9.6.5: 4 Temperature rise, 1.3: 43, 9.6.3: 2 calculation, 1.3: 43, 44f., 45f. and minimum flow, 1.3: 46 and pump performance, 1.3: 44, 44f. Terminology, 1.3: 1, 2t., 1.6: 1, 2.6: 18, 3.1-3.5: 15t., 3.6: 26, 4.1-4.6: 735 alphabetical listing, 1.1-1.2: 27t.35t. numerical listing, 1.1-1.2: 35t.38t. Tests, 1.6: 1, 4.1-4.6: 24, 5.1-5.6: 39 conditions, 1.6: 1 explanation, 3.6: 1 hermetic integrity, 5.1-5.6: 39 hermetic integrity test, 4.1-4.6: 24 inert gas sniffer test, 4.1-4.6: 24 mechanical integrity, 5.1-5.6: 40 objectives, 1.6: 1 reports, 5.1-5.6: 40 scope, 1.6: 1 torque confirmation test, 4.1-4.6: 24 types, 3.6: 1 winding integrity, 5.1-5.6: 40 winding temperature, 5.1-5.6: 40 Thermal effects on NPSH and drive section, 5.1-5.6: 25 Thermodynamic properties, 9.6.1: 2 Thermoplastics, 9.1-9.5: 25 Thermosetting polymers, 9.1-9.5: 25 Thin square-edged orifice plate, 6.6: 14 Thixotropic fluids, 3.1-3.5: 22 Thrust bearings, 2.3: 46 Thrust reversal on impeller, 9.6.3: 3 Tie-down fasteners, 3.1-3.5: 40 Time-independent non-Newtonian fluids, 3.1-3.5: 22 Timing gear, 3.1-3.5: 4, 9.1-9.5: 5 Tin bronze, 9.1-9.5: 20 Tin-base bearing metals, 9.1-9.5: 23 Titanium alloys, 9.1-9.5: 23 Top suction impellers, 1.3: 20, 21f. Torque, 5.1-5.6: 12 Torque confirmation test, 4.1-4.6: 24 Torque curves, 1.3: 23, 23f. Torque shafts, 3.6: 18 Torsional critical speed, 9.6.4: 4, 4f. calculation, 9.6.4: 5 Torsional dynamic analysis, 9.6.4: 5 Torsional dynamometer, 9.1-9.5: 5 Torsional stiffness, 9.6.4: 4, 5 Total available exhaust head, 1.3: 12, 2.3: 13 Total differential pressure, 6.1-6.5: 22, 6.6: 4, 8.1-8.5: 7 calculation, 6.6: 9 Total discharge head, 1.1-1.2: 57, 1.6: 5, 2.1-2.2: 21, 2.6: 5, 5f., 11.6: 5 calculations, 1.6: 15, 2.6: 13 Total discharge pressure, 6.1-6.5: 20, 6.6: 4 calculation, 6.6: 9 Total gap, 4.1-4.6: 8, 5.1-5.6: 12 Total head, 1.1-1.2: 57, 59, 1.6: 5, 2.1-2.2: 21, 2.6: 5, 6, 11.6: 5 calculation, 1.6: 15, 2.6: 15 effects of compressibility of liquid on, 1.6: 5 measurement, closed suction above atmospheric pressure (can pump), 2.6: 29, 29f. measurement, open suction above atmospheric pressure (wet pit), 2.6: 30, 30f. Total head tolerance at specified flow rate, 11.6: 9t., 9 Total input power, 3.6: 5, 6.6: 5 Total required exhaust head, 1.3: 12, 2.3: 13 Total suction head, 1.6: 4, 2.6: 4, 5, 5f., 11.6: 4 calculation, 1.6: 15 calculations, 2.6: 13 closed suction, 2.1-2.2: 19 closed suction test, 1.1-1.2: 57 net positive suction head available, 1.1-1.2: 58 net positive suction head required, 1.1-1.2: 58 open suction, 1.1-1.2: 57, 2.1-2.2: 19 Total suction lift, 1.6: 5, 6.1-6.5: 25, 6.6: 4, 8.1-8.5: 10 Total suction pressure, 6.1-6.5: 20, 6.6: 4 calculation, 6.6: 9
29
HI Index of Complete Set: 2002 Release Toxic liquids or vapors, 8.1-8.5: 14 Toxicity ratings, 5.1-5.6: 23 Transfer pumping, 1.3: 4 Transfer service, 2.3: 4 Transition manholes, 9.8: 59 Transmission dynamometers, 1.6: 30, 31, 9.1-9.5: 5 Trash pumps, 1.3: 14 TREH See Total required exhaust head Trench-type intakes, 9.8: 7, 8f., 9f. approach velocity, 9.8: 9 centerline spacing, 9.8: 9 end wall clearance, 9.8: 9 floor clearance, 9.8: 9 inlet conduit elevation, 9.8: 9 orientation, 9.8: 9 width, 9.8: 9 Trench-type wet wells, 9.8: 16f., 17 Troubleshooting, 2.4: 15, 5.1-5.6: 36 See Malfunctions, causes and remedies excessive power consumption, 1.4: 16, 5.1-5.6: 37 insufficient discharge, 2.4: 15 insufficient discharge flow, 5.1-5.6: 36 insufficient discharge flow or pressure, 1.4: 16 insufficient pressure, 2.4: 16, 5.1-5.6: 36 little or no discharge flow, 1.4: 16 loss of suction, 1.4: 16, 2.4: 16, 5.1-5.6: 37 no discharge, 2.4: 15 no discharge flow, 5.1-5.6: 36 power consumption too high, 2.4: 16 Turbine specific speed, 1.3: 11, 2.3: 12 Turbines See Pumps as turbines Two plane balancing, 1.1-1.2: 61 Type I performance test, 6.6: 6 Type II performance test, 6.6: 6 Type III performance test, 6.6: 6 Type JM motors, 1.1-1.2: 51t. having rolling contact bearings, 1.1-1.2: 50f. Type JP motors, 1.1-1.2: 52t. having rolling contact bearings, 1.1-1.2: 50f. Unbalance, 9.6.4: 20 allowable residual in impellers, 9.6.4: 21f., 22f. maximum looseness between balancing arbor and impeller, 9.6.4: 23 Unconfined intakes, 9.8: 14 cross-flow velocities and pump location, 9.8: 15 debris and screens, 9.8: 15 submergence, 9.8: 15 Units (pumps complete with mounting bases), 3.1-3.5: 33 Units of measure, 1.3: 1, 2t., 2.3: 1, 2t., 3t., 3.1-3.5: 15t., 9.1-9.5: 7 conversion factors, 9.1-9.5: 8t.10t. rounded equivalents, 9.1-9.5: 7t. viscosity, 3.1-3.5: 19 Universal joint, 9.1-9.5: 5 Unloading, 2.4: 1 US Customary units, 9.1-9.5: 7 conversion factors, 9.1-9.5: 8t.10t. rounded equivalents, 9.1-9.5: 7t. v See Plunger or piston speed v See Velocity Vacuum breaker piping, 9.1-9.5: 5 Valve gear, 8.1-8.5: 4 Valve gear adjustments, 8.1-8.5: 4, 6f. Valve plate type, 8.1-8.5: 3, 3f. Valve pot type, 8.1-8.5: 3, 4f. Valve seat area, 6.1-6.5: 24, 24f., 25f. Valve setting, 2.4: 10 discharge valve position (high or medium head pumps), 2.4: 11 discharge valve position (mixed or axial flow pumps), 2.4: 11 reduced flow/minimum flow discharge bypass, 2.4: 11 at start-up, 2.4: 11 warning against closed valve operation, 2.4: 10 Vane pumps, 3.1-3.5: 1f., 1 Vane-in-rotor pumps, 3.1-3.5: 1f., 2, 2f. Vane-in-stator pumps, 3.1-3.5: 1f., 2, 2f. Vapor, 2.3: 21 Vapor See Liquids with vapor or gas Vapor pressure, 3.1-3.5: 23 Variable speed drives, 1.3: 77, 2.3: 45 Variable speed pumps, 9.8: 58 Variable viscosity, 4.1-4.6: 14 Vegetable oils, 9.1-9.5: 11 Velocity, 8.1-8.5: 7, 9.8: 1 Velocity head, 1.1-1.2: 55, 1.6: 4, 2.1-2.2: 19, 2.6: 4, 11.6: 4 Velocity pressure, 3.1-3.5: 16, 3.6: 4, 6.1-6.5: 22, 6.6: 4, 8.1-8.5: 9 Velocity profiles, 9.8: 27 Vent piping, 9.1-9.5: 5 Venting, 5.1-5.6: 18 Venturi meter, 6.6: 14, 9.1-9.5: 5 Vertical diffuser pumps (excluded), 1.4: 1 Vertical hollow shaft drivers, 2.4: 6 Vertical mounting, 5.1-5.6: 21 Vertical pump materials, 9.1-9.5: 16 Vertical pump tests, 2.6: 1 conditions, 2.6: 1 Vertical pumps, 2.4: 1, 6.1-6.5: 1, 2f. bearing and spacing types, 2.3: 42 classification by configuration, 2.1-2.2: 2 classification by impeller design, 2.1-2.2: 2 definition, 2.1-2.2: 1 drivers, 2.3: 45 enclosed lineshaft, 2.3: 43
30
HI Index of Complete Set: 2002 Release final alignment check, 2.4: 8 flexibility of design, 2.3: 1 foundation, 2.3: 45 impeller types, 2.3: 44 intake system design, 2.3: 46 leveling and plumbness, 2.4: 3, 3f. locating, 2.4: 3 lubrication systems, 2.3: 43 open lineshaft, 2.3: 43 operating, 2.4: 9 pre-lubrication, 2.4: 8 shafting, 2.3: 43 system piping, 2.3: 45 types, 2.1-2.2: 1, 4f. typical applications, 2.3: 113 vibration, 2.4: 12 Vertical solid shaft drivers, 2.4: 6 Vertical solid-shaft motor dimensions (HP and HPH), 1.1-1.2: 53f., 53t., 54t. Vertical turbine pumps, 9.6.1: 6 and inlet eye diameter, 9.6.1: 4 and NPSH margin, 9.6.1: 6 Vertical turbine short set pumps, 9.6.2: 17 force analysis, 9.6.2: 17 loading examples, 9.6.2: 32 nozzle loads, 9.6.2: 17, 18f., 19f. terminology, 9.6.2: 17 Vertical volute pump installation alignment, 1.4: 9 configurations, 1.4: 8 couplings, 1.4: 9, 10 discharge piping requirements, 1.4: 8 flexible or line shaft configuration, 1.4: 8 grouting, 1.4: 8 in-line configuration, 1.4: 8 mounting to support structure, 1.4: 9 pump leveling and plumbness, 1.4: 8 separately coupled configuration, 1.4: 8 solid shaft coupling, 1.4: 10 stuffing-box steps, 1.4: 10 suction piping requirements, 1.4: 8 v-belt drive, 1.4: 10 wet pit configuration, 1.4: 8 Vertical-in-line pumps adjustment factors, 9.6.2: 11, 14t. flange stress, 9.6.2: 10 material specifications, 9.6.2: 13t. nomenclature, 9.6.2: 10, 10f. nozzle loads, 9.6.2: 10, 12t. pressure-temperature, 9.6.2: 10 Vibration, 1.4: 17, 2.4: 12, 5.1-5.6: 35, 9.6.3: 2 checking, 2.4: 11 dynamics, 9.6.4: 1 factors affecting, 9.6.4: 20 field values, 9.6.4: 8, 9f.19f. frequencies and methods of determination, 9.6.4: 1 measurements, 9.6.4: 7 probe locations, 9.6.4: 8, 9f.19f. Vibration check, 1.4: 13 Vibration monitoring, 9.6.5: 8 bearing housing vibrations, 9.6.5: 8 control limits, 9.6.5: 9 frequency, 9.6.5: 9 indicators, 9.6.5: 22 means, 9.6.5: 8 proximity probe, 9.6.5: 9 shaft vibrations, 9.6.5: 8 on vertical pumps, 9.6.5: 9 Vibration test. See Submersible pump vibration test Viscometers, 3.1-3.5: 19 Viscosity, 3.1-3.5: 19, 4.1-4.6: 13, 5.1-5.6: 25 apparent, 3.1-3.5: 19 dynamic, 3.1-3.5: 19 effect on pump and system performance, 3.1-3.5: 23 high, 3.1-3.5: 14, 4.1-4.6: 13 kinematic, 3.1-3.5: 19 low, 3.1-3.5: 14, 4.1-4.6: 13 units of measure, 3.1-3.5: 19 variable, 4.1-4.6: 14 Viscous input power, 1.3: 30 Viscous liquids calculations, 1.3: 30t., 31, 32t. correction chart limitations, 2.3: 22 effects of handling, 1.3: 23, 24f., 25f., 26f., 27f. handling, 2.3: 22, 25f., 26f., 27f., 28f. performance correction chart limitations, 1.3: 23 performance correction charts, 2.3: 25f., 26f., 27f., 28f. performance curves, 1.3: 30f., 30, 31f. performance when water performance is known, 1.3: 29, 30f., 31f. pump performance when performance on water is known, 2.3: 30, 30f., 31t., 31f., 32t. pump selection for given head and rate of flow, 2.3: 25f., 26f., 26, 27f., 28f. pump selection for given head, rate of flow, and viscosity, 1.3: 28 symbols and definitions, 1.3: 28, 2.3: 22 Viscous response types, 3.1-3.5: 1922 VOCs See Volatile organic compounds Volatile liquid pump, 1.3: 3 Volatile liquids, 5.1-5.6: 24 Volatile organic compounds, 9.6.5: 6 Volume, 1.6: 3, 2.6: 1, 11.6: 3 Volume units, 6.6: 1 Volumetric efficiency, 6.1-6.5: 23, 6.6: 5 calculating for hydrocarbons, 6.1-6.5: 4753 calculating for water, 6.1-6.5: 4547, 48t., 49t. water compressibility, 6.1-6.5: 47, 48t., 49t.
31
HI Index of Complete Set: 2002 Release Volute pumps calculation for radial thrust, 1.3: 58 calculation of axial thrust for enclosed impellers, 1.3: 6063 circular casings, 1.3: 60, 60f. dual volute casing, 1.3: 58, 59f. K versus rate of flow (double volute casing), 1.3: 58, 59f. K versus rate of flow (single volute casing), 1.3: 58, 59f. single volute casing, 1.3: 58, 58f. Vortices, 9.8: 1 free surface, 9.8: 1, 26, 26f. required submergence for minimizing surface vortices, 9.8: 29, 33f., 34f. submerged, 9.8: 1 sub-surface, 9.8: 26f., 27 Wastewater, 9.1-9.5: 61 Wastewater service pumps, 1.3: 14 Watches and magnets, 4.1-4.6: 19, 5.1-5.6: 32 Water compressibility, 6.1-6.5: 47, 48t., 49t. Water hammer, 1.3: 22, 1.4: 13, 2.4: 11 analysis, 2.3: 14 Water lubricated pumps, 2.3: 44 Water/wastewater pumps, 9.6.1: 8 Waterflood (injection) pumps, 9.6.1: 10 Wear plates, 1.4: 15 Wear rings, 1.4: 15, 2.4: 14 arrangements, 2.1-2.2: 12f. Welding, 5.1-5.6: 20, 9.1-9.5: 12 Well pumping, 1.3: 4 Well service, 2.3: 5 Wells, 2.4: 2, 2f. checking, 2.4: 2 draw-down, 2.4: 11 Wet critical speed, 9.6.4: 2 Wet pit pumps, 2.3: 1 Wet pit, short setting or close-coupled (lineshaft) pumps, 2.1-2.2: 1, 9f. Wet pit volute pumps, 1.1-1.2: 14f. total suction head, 1.1-1.2: 57 Wet wells (solids-bearing liquids), 9.8: 15 cleaning procedures, 9.8: 17 confined inlets, 9.8: 16 trench-type, 9.8: 16f. vertical transitions, 9.8: 16 wet well volume, 9.8: 17 Winding temperature test, 5.1-5.6: 40 Working pressure, 1.1-1.2: 60, 2.1-2.2: 23 Yellow brass, 9.1-9.5: 20 Yield point, 3.1-3.5: 22 Yield value, 9.1-9.5: 6 Z See Elevation head Z See Elevation pressure Zinc and zinc alloys, 9.1-9.5: 23 Zirconium, 9.1-9.5: 23
32
I 2002

9 8 Intake Design (HIS)

Încărcat de

Informații document

Descriere originală:

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

9 8 Intake Design (HIS)

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

ANSI/HI 9.

American National Standard for

Pump Intake Design

9 Sylvan Way Parsippany, New Jersey 07054-3802 www.pumps.org

This page intentionally blank.

Copyright 2000 By Hydraulic Institute, All Rights Reserved.

American National Standard for

Pump Intake Design

Approved November 17, 1998

American National Standards Institute, Inc.

Copyright 2000 By Hydraulic Institute, All Rights Reserved.

American National Standard

Hydraulic Institute 9 Sylvan Way, Parsippany, NJ 07054-3802

Copyright 1998 Hydraulic Institute All rights reserved.

Printed in the United States of America ISBN 1-880952-26-2

Copyright 2000 By Hydraulic Institute, All Rights Reserved.

A-4.1 A-4.2 A-5 A-5.1 A-5.2 A-5.3 A-5.4 A-6

Pump inlet disturbances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Tanks suction inlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Sump Volume. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

Appendix B B-1 B-2 B-3 B-4

C-1 Variable speed pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 C-2 Constant speed pumping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

iii Copyright 2000 By Hydraulic Institute, All Rights Reserved.

Inlet pipe, trench-type wet wells. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Storage in approach pipe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

iv Copyright 2000 By Hydraulic Institute, All Rights Reserved.

v Copyright 2000 By Hydraulic Institute, All Rights Reserved.

This page intentionally blank.

Copyright 2000 By Hydraulic Institute, All Rights Reserved.

Foreword (Not part of Standard)

Definition of a Standard of the Hydraulic Institute

Comments from users

vii Copyright 2000 By Hydraulic Institute, All Rights Reserved.

viii Copyright 2000 By Hydraulic Institute, All Rights Reserved.

ix Copyright 2000 By Hydraulic Institute, All Rights Reserved.

Formed Suction Intakes

x Copyright 2000 By Hydraulic Institute, All Rights Reserved.

Barrel or Can and Submersible Vertical Turbine Intakes

Solids-Bearing Liquids Applications

Pump Suction Piping

Reference section (9.8.5)

Inlet Bell Diameter

xi Copyright 2000 By Hydraulic Institute, All Rights Reserved.

xii Copyright 2000 By Hydraulic Institute, All Rights Reserved.

Flow Chart For Use Of Standard

OPEN BOTTOM (SECTION 9.8.2.6.4)

CLOSED BOTTOM (SECTION 9.8.2.6.5)

INLET BELL DESIGN DIAMETER (SECTION 9.8.6)

SUBMERGENCE (SECTION 9.8.7)

CLEAR LIQUID ? YES

TRENCH TYPE INTAKE (SECTION 9.8.3.2)

RECTANGULAR INTAKE (SECTION 9.8.3.4)

CIRCULAR INTAKE (SECTION 9.8.3.3)

RECTANGULAR INTAKE (SECTION 9.8.2.1)

TRENCH TYPE INTAKE (SECTION 9.8.2.4)

FORMED SUCTION INTAKE (SECTION 9.8.2.2)

SUCTION TANKS (SECTION 9.8.2.5)

UNCONFINED INTAKE (SECTION 9.8.2.7)

CIRCULAR INTAKE (SECTION 9.8.2.3)

FLOW PER PUMP > 5000 GPM ? YES

MODEL TEST REQUIRED (SECTION 9.8.5)

xiii Copyright 2000 By Hydraulic Institute, All Rights Reserved.

This page intentionally blank.

Copyright 2000 By Hydraulic Institute, All Rights Reserved.

HI Pump Intake Design 1998